Skip to main content

Written Answers

Volume 489: debated on Wednesday 11 March 2009

Written Answers to Questions

Wednesday 11 March 2009

Foreign and Commonwealth Office

Afghanistan: Detainees

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs with reference to the Government’s response to paragraph 121 of the report of the Intelligence and Security Committee on the handling of detainees by UK intelligence personnel in Afghanistan, if he will place in the Library a copy of the guidance given to UK intelligence personnel prior to their deployment in respect of (a) the treatment of detainees and (b) reporting procedures in the event of concerns. (260331)

Guidance given to UK intelligence personnel prior to their deployment in respect of (a) the treatment of detainees and (b) reporting procedures in the event of concerns is operational, and for that reason has never been published. The guidance is based on clear principles:

Torture is both abhorrent and illegal, and that the UK should never participate, never encourage and never condone the use of torture.

The UK has obligations under both international and domestic law, including under the Convention Against Torture, and that we should act consistent with those obligations.

The UK makes it clear to our partners that we stand by the above principles.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs pursuant to the answer of 2 March 2009, Official Report, column 1242W, on Guantanamo Bay: detainees, if he will place in the Library a copy of the written transfer agreement for the return of Binyam Mohamed concluded on 20 February 2009. (261819)

The written transfer arrangement for Mr. Mohamed’s release and return from Guantanamo Bay, agreed on 20 February 2009, was a private document between the Government and the US Government. It is our long-standing policy not to comment on the detail of operational matters.

Afghanistan: Peacekeeping Operations

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs pursuant to the Answer of 23 February 2009, Official Report, column 362W, on Afghanistan: peacekeeping operations, what the objectives of the internal stock-take of Government policy in Afghanistan completed in December 2008 were. (260243)

The stock-take measured progress in Afghanistan from November 2007 to November 2008. It was intended to inform the Government, as part of the review announced by my right hon. Friend the Prime Minister in the debate on Her Majesty the Queen’s speech in December 2008.

Balkans: EC Enlargement

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what recent progress has been made on implementation of the EU enlargement strategy in respect of (a) Albania, (b) Macedonia, (c) Turkey, (d) Bosnia-Herzegovina, (e) Kosovo, (f) Croatia, (g) Serbia and (h) Montenegro; and which countries included in the enlargement strategy he expects to receive pre-accession funding. (262189)

[holding answer 10 March 2009]: Full details can be found in the 2008 Progress Reports at

http://ec.europa.eu/enlargement/how-does-it-work/progress_reports/index_en.htm

All countries included in the enlargement strategy receive funding through the European Commission's Instrument for Pre-accession Assistance (IPA). This is due to amount to €7.58 billion overall for the period 2007-11 to support political and economic reform and preparation for EU membership. A breakdown of IPA funding by country is available at the European Commission's Multi-Annual Indicative Financial Frameworks website

http://ec.europa.eu/enlargement/dont-miss/index_en.htm

Bosnia and Herzegovina: Office of the High Representative

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs pursuant to the written ministerial statement of 27 February 2009, Official Report, columns 34-36WS, on the General Affairs and External Relations Council, for what reasons the Council was unable to reach a conclusion on the proposed closure of the Office of the High Representative in Bosnia and Herzegovina; and what proposals the UK made on the matter. (261737)

At the General Affairs and External Relations Council on 23-24 February 2009, there was discussion of Bosnia and Herzegovina’s progress towards meeting the conditions for closure of the Office of the High Representative (OHR). There was no consensus that the conditionality set by the Peace Implementation Council Steering Board in February 2008 had been met. The UK reiterated the importance of adhering to this conditionality, making clear our view that it has not yet been met. Any eventual decision on closure of the OHR will need to be taken by the Peace Implementation Council Steering Board.

Colombia: Armed Conflict

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what reports he has received on the recent violence in north east Colombia. (262705)

The situation in North East Colombia, particularly in those rural areas bordering Venezuela, is complicated and difficult due to the activities of illegal armed groups.

Foreign and Commonwealth Office Travel Advice for Colombia currently advises against all but essential travel to all rural areas bordering Venezuela, which includes North East Colombia.

Colombia: Land Mines

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what recent representations he has made to the Government of Colombia on the use of landmines; and if he will make a statement. (262700)

The UK has provided training to Colombian officers on humanitarian landmine removal. Officials from our Embassy in Bogota maintain regular contact with the Colombian Ministry of Defence to help Colombia fulfil its Ottawa convention responsibilities, and remove the landmines that illegal armed groups continue to use to kill and maim innocent Colombians.

Colombia: Military Aid

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what evidence he collects on the effectiveness of the human rights training delivered to the Colombian military by the UK. (262018)

[holding answer 9 March 2009]: We monitor civil society, media and UN reports on the Colombian military's human rights performance. UK co-operation with the Colombian Ministry of Defence strongly influenced their new Integral Policy on Human Rights and International Humanitarian Law, and reinforced their work with UN Agencies.

While these new policies are to be welcomed, we are concerned by recent reports of abuses committed or allowed by members of the Colombian army. I issued a statement on the issue on 30 October 2008:

“The Colombian government's decision to dismiss a number of army officers as a result of recent extra-judicial killings and cases of criminal conspiracy is important. It is vital, not least for Colombia's international reputation, that the government and courts continue to show a determination to deal with human rights abuses committed by members of the armed forces, and that those convicted by the civilian justice system are punished appropriately.”

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs how much has been spent on military aid to Colombia in each year since 1999. (262581)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave on 12 January 2009, Official Report, column 358W.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what requirements are placed on Colombian military personnel to adhere to human rights standards before they receive UK training. (262709)

The UK requires that Colombian armed forces personnel who undertake UK training courses do not have any formal human rights convictions or pending investigations. The current policy of the Colombian armed forces is that personnel with a formal human rights allegation against their name are suspended and therefore ineligible to receive UK or any other international training.

Cyprus: USA

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what recent discussions he has had with his US counterpart on Cyprus. (262337)

While our Officials and Ministers maintain regular contact with their US counterparts on Cyprus, my right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary has not yet raised Cyprus with his US counterpart.

Democratic Republic of Congo: Politics and Government

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what steps he is taking to encourage the government of the Democratic Republic of Congo to hold the local and provincial elections that have been delayed since 2006. (258847)

The UK is the largest bilateral donor supporting election processes in the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC). We have committed substantial funding in support of preparations for the local elections, and capacity-building for the Independent Electoral Commission. We have encouraged our international partners to do the same. Our ambassador in Kinshasa is a member of the Elections Steering Committee in the DRC, which met on 24 February 2009. There are currently serious funding gaps for local elections, which the Committee has undertaken to examine in March 2009.

Departmental Compensation

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what scheme of compensation exists for his Department's officials injured in (a) Iraq and (b) Afghanistan; and if he will make a statement. (261846)

[holding answer 9 March 2009]: The Principal Civil Service Pension Scheme provides benefits to members (UK Civil Servants) who suffer injury, and to the families of those who die while on duty in the UK or overseas. These benefits are provided via two schemes, an injury benefits scheme and a personal injury compensation scheme.

The Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) also makes ex-gratia payments to its staff, both UK Civil Servants and locally engaged staff, who suffer injury or death overseas in terrorist attacks as a result of their Crown service.

In addition the FCO reimburses staff for the cost of additional premiums imposed by life insurers because of service in Iraq or Afghanistan.

Departmental Ministerial Policy Advisers

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs pursuant to the Answer of 5 February 2009, Official Report, column 1409W, on departmental ministerial policy advisers. where Ravi Gurumurthy was seconded from; and on what date he became a special adviser. (260715)

Mr. Ravi Gurumurthy was seconded from the Department for Communities and Local Government on 28 June 2007, and is a strategic adviser and speech co-ordinator for my right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary.

Departmental Public Expenditure

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs pursuant to the answer of 2 March 2009, Official Report, column 1240W, on departmental public expenditure, what efficiency savings have been (a) made in 2008-09 and (b) identified for financial year 2009-10; and what the estimated saving from each is. (261937)

I refer the right hon. Member to the Foreign and Commonwealth Office’s (FCO) 2008 autumn performance report published in December 2008, available online at:

http://www.fco.gov.uk/en/about-the-fco/publications/publications/annual-reports/autumn-performance1

This gives the actual efficiency savings, for each efficiency project, for the first six months of 2008-09 and forecast savings for 2009-10 and 2010-11.

The FCO’s departmental report, to be published in June 2009, will provide actual efficiency savings for the whole of 2008-09 and latest forecast savings for 2009-10 and 2010-11.

Embassies: Foreign Workers

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs how many locally-engaged staff his Department employs at each of its overseas posts; and if he will detail how many such staff at each post have been made redundant in the last 12 months. (261003)

Exact details on numbers of locally engaged staff at posts and redundancies are not currently held centrally and could be obtained only at disproportionate cost.

Overseas Price Mechanism

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs which (a) commercial banks and (b) independent financial experts his Department consulted on managing its exposure to foreign currency movements following the Treasury’s withdrawal of support for the overseas price mechanism. (261824)

The Foreign and Commonwealth Office consulted with commercial banks, the Standard Chartered Bank and the Royal Bank of Scotland. We also had discussions with the Bank of England.

We took, and continue to take, advice from independent financial experts HiFX Intelligent Financial Services.

United Nations

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs how he plans to report to hon. Members the outcomes of (a) the 53rd Session of the UN Commission on the Status of Women and (b) the 42nd Session of the UN Commission on Population and Development. (260458)

[holding answer 4 March 2009]: The main outcome document of the UN Commission on the Status of Women is the agreed conclusions on the equal sharing of responsibilities between women and men, including care giving in the context of HIV/AIDS. This will be disseminated across relevant Government departments. This and all other outcome documents are publicly available on the UN Commission on the Status of Women website at:

http://www.un.org/womenwatch/daw/csw/agreedconclusions.html

The outcome document of the 42nd Session of the UN Commission on Population and Development will be disseminated to relevant Government departments. This document will be publicly available on the UN Commission on Population and Development website at:

http://www.un.org/esa/population/cpd/cpd2009/comm2009.htm

I will arrange for copies of the Outcome documents of the 53rd Session of the UN Commission on the Status of Women and the 42nd Session of the UN Commission on Population and Development to be placed in the Library of the House.

USA: Foreign Relations

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what the objectives were of the recent visit to Washington by his Department’s Senior Legal Adviser; and what meetings were held during the visit. (260256)

The Foreign and Commonwealth Office Legal Adviser visited the US on 9-10 February 2009 to pursue Government objectives related to the legal aspects of a number of foreign policy matters including in relation to the former Guantanamo Bay detainee, Mr. Binyam Mohamed. He met with officials from the Department of Justice, State Department, White House Counsel, Office of General Counsel, Central Intelligence Agency, the National Security Counsel and Department of Defence.

Treasury

Business: Credit

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what steps his Department (a) has taken since June 2007 and (b) plans to take in the next 12 months to improve the flow of credit to (i) small and (ii) medium-sized businesses; what discussions (A) he, (B) other Ministers in his Department and (C) departmental officials have had with the Confederation of British Industry about the issue; and if he will make a statement. (256722)

On 19 January, the Government announced measures designed to reinforce the stability of the financial system, to increase confidence and capacity to lend, and in turn to support the recovery of the economy. Further information is available at:

http://www.hm-treasury.gov.uk/press_05_09.htm.

These build on measures announced on 8 October last year.

The Government intend to negotiate with the banks participating in certain facilities lending responsibility agreements that will have specific and quantified lending commitments and that will be binding and externally audited.

The Government are taking specific action to meet the needs of small and medium-sized enterprises. On 14 January 2009, the Government announced a package of support to address the cash flow, credit and capital needs of smaller businesses. This package implements and builds upon the commitments the Government made in the 2008 Pre-Budget Report. Details are available at:

http://www.businesslink.gov.uk/realhelp/finance.

The Government meet with a wide range of stakeholders, including representatives of small and medium-sized enterprises. As announced in the 2008 Pre-Budget Report, the Government have established a new lending panel, which will improve monitoring of lending to households and businesses. The work of this panel is supported by the Small Business Finance Forum, established by the Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform in November of last year.

The Government will continue to take all necessary measures to ensure the stability of the financial system, ensure lending to the economy, businesses and homeowners, and limit the depth and duration of the current recession and support the subsequent recovery.

Child Tax Credit

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what steps he plans to take to improve the speed and efficiency of processing claims for new mothers applying for child tax credits. (262062)

For information on HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC) processing aims, I refer my hon. Friend to the answer I gave the hon. Member for Northavon (Steve Webb) on 24 February 2009, Official Report, columns 534-36W.

HMRC provides helpful guidance for prospective new claimants on its website at:

www.hmrc.gov.uk/taxcredits/how-to-claim.htm

Tax credits helpline advisers also provide callers with tailored advice to help them complete their claims correctly so that tax credits are paid as quickly as possible.

Departmental Rail Travel

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what guidance his Department issues on whether its members of staff may claim for travel in first class carriages on trains if there are no seats in standard class; and what the policy of HM Revenue and Customs is on the matter. (262031)

The Treasury’s guidance to staff travelling on official business is that standard class should be used. However, first class travel may be used by staff at all levels where there is a business justification or when travelling at peak or other times when trains are likely to be crowded. In all such cases staff are required to provide an explanation for the use of first class travel when claims are made.

HM Revenue and Customs’ policy is that staff travelling by rail should use standard class. However staff at Grade 7 and above may travel first class if certain conditions apply. All staff may upgrade to first class on the day of travel if no standard class seats are available on the rail journey being taken.

Departmental Training

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what his Department’s policy is on holding departmental away days outside the Department’s buildings; and what the policy of HM Revenue and Customs is on the matter. (262026)

The Treasury and Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs have no central policy on the holding of away days. The Departments both have a responsibility to provide their staff with the right skills and expertise and use a variety of means to do so.

Equitable Life

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer pursuant to the statement of 15 January 2009, Official Report, columns 377-80, on Equitable Life, what his estimate is of the length of time it would take to make compensation payments as recommended by the Ombudsman; and what estimate he has made of the time it will take for all compensation in accordance with the Government proposals to be made. (255751)

The Government intend to set up an ex-gratia payment scheme that can pay out as swiftly as possible, taking account of the practical considerations involved. The Government will work on these practical issues in parallel with the work that they have asked Sir John Chadwick to undertake. Until the work is complete, it will not possible to make an estimate of how long it will take to make payments under the scheme. The Government will keep the House updated and report back on progress at regular intervals.

Excise Duties: Motor Vehicles

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer if he will defer the changes to vehicle excise duty planned to be introduced in 2010 in order to assist the automotive sector. (261876)

The 2008 pre-Budget report announced both standard and first year rates of vehicle excise duty for 2010. Under the standard rates, no driver will pay more than £30 extra in any given band in 2010 compared with 2009 and many will see a reduction of £30.

Under the new first year rates, cars emitting between 100 to 130 grams per kilometre of carbon dioxide will pay no vehicle excise duty in the first year of registration and cars emitting up to 165 grams per kilometre will pay no more than under the standard rate.

Overseas Price Mechanism

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what the reasons were for his Department’s decision to withdraw support for the Foreign and Commonwealth Office’s overseas pricing mechanism; and when the decision was made. (262094)

The decision to abolish the Overseas Price Mechanism was taken in the autumn of 2007 as part of the broader agreement for the Foreign and Commonwealth Office in the 2007 comprehensive spending review. The OPM protected the FCO from currency fluctuations but it did not provide the Department with the incentive to factor in medium-term changes in currency costs when it allocated its resources. As part of the CSR07 agreement, the Treasury allowed the FCO to engage in forward currency markets to better manage short-term currency risk. This change brought the FCO into line with practice in other Government Departments.

Public Works Loan Board

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what the weighted average for the (a) maturity and (b) duration of advances to local authorities from the Public Works Loans Board was in each month between 2000 and 2008. (258889)

The data are not collated monthly. The annual figures are as follows:

Years

Year ending 31 March

(a) Average maturity

(b) Modified duration

2000

n/a

n/a

2001

21.040

10.710

2002

20.385

10.069

2003

19.647

10.334

2004

19.649

10.452

2005

20.438

10.871

2006

22.408

12.038

2007

27.532

13.113

2008

29.484

14.413

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what the average (a) fixed and (b) initial variable interest rate applied to advances to local authorities from the Public Works Loan Board was in each month between 2000 and 2008. (258890)

The data are not collated on a monthly basis. The annual figures are:

Year ending 31 March

(a) Fixed (percentage)

(b) Variable (percentage)

2000

4.625

5.500

2001

4.875

5.563

2002

4.875

4.100

2003

4.434

3.797

2004

4.340

4.209

2005

4.694

4.916

2006

4.190

4.579

2007

4.288

5.507

2008

4.553

5.802

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how much local authorities borrowed from the Public Works Loan Board at (a) a fixed and (b) a variable rate of interest in each month between 2000 and 2008. (258891)

Monthly data are available only at disproportionate cost. The annual figures are as follows:

£ million

Year ending 31 March

(a) Fixed

(b) Variable

2000

6,182.9

788.2

2001

5,005.8

319.4

2002

3,344.9

1,097.4

2003

3,642.8

1,456.4

2004

3,153.4

1,449.8

2005

5,604.9

217.1

2006

8,880.1

71.9

2007

12,277.1

77.2

2008

8,275.7

1.0

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how much debt owed to the Public Works Loan Board was redeemed early by local authorities in each month between 2000 and 2008. (258892)

Monthly data are available only at disproportionate cost. The annual figures are as follows:

Year ending 31 March

Early repayments (£ million)

2000

2,950.0

2001

2,063.4

2002

2,123.6

2003

4,166.0

2004

4,596.9

2005

3,080.7

2006

2,501.4

2007

10,698.5

2008

6,433.6

Defence

Apprentices

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence whether the package of delivery designed by Metrix for the Defence Training Review project will offer apprenticeships to the (a) standards and (b) accreditation delivered by the Defence College of Aeronautical Engineering; and what provision will be made in the package for apprenticeship training to an accredited standard. (262635)

As part of the requirement for the Defence Training Review (DTR) Package 1, Metrix will transform and modernise existing training, which will involve the re-accreditation of any transformed modules. This re-accreditation will be led by Nord Anglia, the Open university and City and Guilds, who are all respected and leading accreditation specialists. For the Defence College of Aeronautical Engineering, and all the technical training under Package 1, any existing accreditation will remain in place until a re-designed package is approved by the Ministry of Defence, which includes any proposals for changes to apprenticeship training.

All Defence training (including accreditation implications) must adhere to a robust and established change process under the Defence systems approach to training to approve any change, and meet stringent defence and Government policy guidelines. The Department is recognised as an example of good practice with respect to apprenticeships and remains committed to maintaining this reputation.

Armed Forces: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the current (a) outflow and (b) voluntary outflow (i) numbers and (ii) rates for each pinch point trade in the Armed Forces are. (257676)

As I set out in my answer of 15 May 2008, Official Report, columns 1704-05W, and 26 November 2008, Official Report, columns 1521-26W, some of the information requested is not available; this position remains the case. I have provided as much information as possible for the Royal Navy and the Royal Air Force although it is not possible to provide inflow rates for the Royal Navy pinch points due to the configuration of the pinch point trades on the joint personnel administration (JPA) system. The Army is currently not able to provide any data of this kind as the information held on JPA has not been validated.

Royal Navy

Liability

Strength

Shortfall

Inflow

Outflow

VO

Operational pinch point trades

Number

Number

Number

Percentage

Number

Number

Percentage

Lt Cdr X SM Command Qualified (SM(CQ))

47

45

2

5

n/a

3

0

Lt X SM IWC Qualified and SQEP

40

39

1

3

n/a

16

7.5

Principal Warfare Officers

359

289

70

20

n/a

38

4.0

RN Harrier GR7 Instructors

7

3

4

57

n/a

1

0

GR7 Harrier Pilots: Lt

35

21

14

40

n/a

0

4.0

MCD/MWO Lts

81

47

34

43

n/a

7

3.8

Strategic Weapons Systems Junior Ranks

110

86

24

22

n/a

22

5.0

Merlin Pilots

122

78

44

36

n/a

7

2.5

Merlin Observers

116

71

45

39

n/a

1

1.5

Merlin Aircrewmen

103

80

23

22

n/a

10

14.6

Leading Seaman General Warfare

1,105

815

290

26

n/a

106

8.3

Able Rate Diver

135

95

40

30

n/a

12

10.0

Lt X SM Advanced Warfare Course Qualified (SQEP)

34

30

4

12

n/a

16

4.0

Able Rate 1 Seaman

388

291

97

25

n/a

74

16.0

Able Rate 1 Warfare Specialist

666

635

31

5

n/a

173

13.0

Able Rate 1 Communications and Information Systems

367

335

32

9

n/a

77

16.0

Leading Aircraft Controllers

73

41

32

44

n/a

5

6.5

Royal Marines Other Ranks (Pt—Cp1)

6,525

6,003

522

8

n/a

484

7.3

Able Rate Warfare Specialist (Sensors Submariner)

178

144

34

17

n/a

30

6.0

Sea-King and Lynx Avionics Supervisors

348

284

64

18

n/a

3

n/a

Cat A2 Nuclear Watchkeepers

189

157

32

17

n/a

12

6.0

Cat B Nuclear Watchkeepers

377

316

61

16

n/a

44

6.0

L Logs(CS) (P)

328

261

67

25

n/a

27

2.0

AB Logs (CS) (P)

456

447

9

2

n/a

48

6.0

L Logs (Pers)

239

222

17

7

n/a

26

4.0

AB Logs (Pers)

392

391

1

0

n/a

49

9.0

LS (MW)

70

65

5

8

n/a

3

6.0

Able Rate Warfare Specialist (Tactical Submariner)

124

116

8

7

n/a

13

7.0

Notes:

1. Outflow is to January 2009.

2. Lt X SM IWC Qualified and SQEP and Lt X SM Advanced Warfare Course Qualified (SQEP) are the same group and are 16 in total but they are two separate OPPs.

3. SQEP means Suitably Qualified and Experience Personnel, i.e. have the skills to do a particular job and in case of SM if AWC are qualified to be a Watch Leader

Army

Liability

Strength

Shortfall

Inflow

Outflow

VO

Number

Number

Number

Percentage

Number

Number

Number

Operational pinch point trades

RE Clk of Wks: SSgt-WO1

248

237

11

4.4

n/a

n/a

n/a

RLC Ammo Tech: Cp1-SSgt

306

176

130

42.5

n/a

n/a

n/a

Infantry: Pte-LCp1

14,980

13,380

1,600

10.7

n/a

n/a

n/a

REME Rec Mech: LCp1-Cp1

339

213

126

37.2

n/a

n/a

n/a

RE EOD: Cp1-SSgt

131

109

22

16.7

n/a

n/a

n/a

REME VM: Cfh-Cp1

3,521

3,224

297

8.4

n/a

n/a

n/a

Int OPMI:Cp1-Sgt

708

476

232

32.8

n/a

n/a

n/a

REME Armourer: Cfn-Cp1

377

305

74

19.6

n/a

n/a

n/a

RA Gunner: Gnr-Bdr (including Para/Cdo Gnrs and OP Asst)

4,987

4,490

497

10.0

n/a

n/a

n/a

Manning pinch point trades

AMS Radiologist: Maj+

4

2

2

50.0

n/a

n/a

n/a

AMS ITU Nurse: Cp1-Capt

121

35

86

71.1

n/a

n/a

n/a

AMS EM Nurse: Cp1-Capt

101

38

63

62.4

n/a

n/a

n/a

AMS Radiographer: Cp1+

24

12

12

50.0

n/a

n/a

n/a

AMS Anaesthetist: Maj+

49

23

26

53.1

n/a

n/a

n/a

AMS Orth Surg: Maj+

13

10

3

23.1

n/a

n/a

n/a

AMS Gen Surg: Maj+

17

10

7

41.2

n/a

n/a

n/a

REME Geo: Spr-WO2

365

284

81

22.2

n/a

n/a

n/a

RLC P&C Op: Pte-Cp1

433

435

-2

-0.5

n/a

n/a

n/a

RA UAV Op: LBdr-SSgt

370

299

71

19.2

n/a

n/a

n/a

REME Fitter: Spr-LCp1

495

409

86

17.4

n/a

n/a

n/a

AGC(SPS) Mil Admin: Pte-Sgt

2,666

2,292

374

14.0

n/a

n/a

n/a

AMS GMP: Capt+

155

137

18

11.6

n/a

n/a

n/a

R Signals IS Engr: Cp1-Sgt

252

124

128

50.8

n/a

n/a

n/a

CAMUS: Musician

300

199

101

33.7

n/a

n/a

n/a

AMS ODP: Cp1+

95

81

14

14.7

n/a

n/a

n/a

AMS RGN: Cp1-Sgt

293

263

30

10.2

n/a

n/a

n/a

REME C3S: Spr-LCp1

712

611

101

14.2

n/a

n/a

n/a

RLC Chef: Pte-LCp1

1,459

1,383

76

5.2

n/a

n/a

n/a

Royal Air Force

Liability

Strength

Shortfall

Inflow

Outflow

VO

Number

Number

Number

Percentage

Number

Number

Number

Operational pinch point trades

Flying Branch (Career Stream) (Senior Officer)

677

576

101

15

100

70

20

Pilot (Junior Officer)

1,490

1,288

202

14

160

150

40

Operations Support (Intelligence)

229

224

5

2

10

20

10

Operations Support (Regiment)

275

235

40

14

30

20

10

Operations Support (Flight Operations)

224

219

5

2

20

Medical

282

213

69

24

10

Medical Nursing Officer

179

128

51

28

10

20

10

Weapons System (Operator (Crewman)

577

503

74

13

70

30

10

Weapons System Operator (Linguist)

63

50

13

21

10

10

Mechanical Transport Technician

355

342

13

4

30

20

Gunner

1,924

1,702

222

11

330

190

110

Fire Fighter

545

518

27

5

110

60

20

Air Traffic Control/Flight Operations Manager/Flight Operations Assistant

1,246

1,228

18

1

110

80

40

Logistics (Mover)

895

849

46

5

50

70

50

Manning pinch point trades

Weapons System Officer (Junior Officer)

513

439

74

14

10

30

10

Operations Support (Aerospace Battle Manager)

342

293

49

14

10

20

10

Operations Support (Air Traffic Control)

397

371

26

6

20

30

10

Personnel (Support)

521

494

27

5

50

40

20

Personnel (Training)

219

198

21

10

10

20

10

Dental

71

57

14

20

10

Chaplains

78

63

15

19

10

Aircraft Technician (Mechanical)

4,965

4,299

666

13

10

290

200

Aircraft Technician (Avionics)

3,942

3,437

505

13

10

260

180

General Technician (Electrical)

551

491

60

11

20

70

40

General Technician (Mechanical)

963

436

527

75

20

30

20

Intelligence (Analyst)

679

590

89

13

40

30

20

Survival Equipment Fitter

607

562

45

7

30

80

40

Biomedical Scientist

15

9

6

40

0

Dental Nurse

131

122

9

7

20

10

10

Musician

175

152

23

13

10

10

Notes

1. Inflow equals all inflow, trained or untrained, to pinch point trades during the 12-month period 1 November 2007 to 30 November 2008. When the pinch point applies to a specific rank (Senior Officer/Junior Officer) promotions and demotions have been included.

2. Outflow equals all trained outflow from pinch point trades during the 12-month period 1 November 2007 to 30 November 2008. When the pinch point applies to a specific rank (Senior Officer/Junior Officer) promotions and demotions have been included.

3. WSO includes Navigators, Crewman, Electronic Warfare/Acoustic, Linguist and Air Eng.

4. Due to the small populations generated by this level of detail, and the possibility of identifying individual personnel, data have been rounded to 10 and totals may not always equal the sum of the parts. When rounding to the nearest 10, numbers ending in 5 have been rounded to the nearest multiple of 20 to prevent systematic bias. “0” represents zero occurrences and “—” shows rounded to zero.

5. Due to the introduction of the new pay administration system these data are provisional and subject to review.

Armed Forces: Parades

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence if he will bring forward proposals to increase the number of military tattoos held each year; and if he will make a statement. (254927)

Military tattoos take place in a number of towns and cities across the UK and are generally organised on a commercial basis, although most are set up and run for charitable purposes.

The major tattoos that the services plan to support this year (as in previous years) include the Edinburgh Military Tattoo and the Windsor Castle Royal Tattoo and the Royal International Air Tattoo (held at RAF Fairford in Gloucestershire). Units from the army supported the first Windsor Castle Royal Tattoo last year and it is planned to widen participation this year to include elements from the RN and RAF as well. Other tattoos, such as Birmingham, Aldershot and Durham, have also been supported by military assets in recent years and it is understood that the City of Cardiff are seeking to introduce a Cardiff tattoo in the coming years.

Armed Forces: Training

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what percentage of the Defence Training Review package he expects to be delivered outside the future Defence Academy at RAF St Athan. (262500)

All of the training in the scope of the Defence Training Review Package 1 will, by 2020, be delivered at St. Athan, with the exception of Royal Naval Communications training at HMS Collingwood which amounts to 2 per cent. of the total training requirement. In addition, about 30 per cent. of phase 3 (professional) training will be delivered away from St. Athan at remote learning centres around the UK to enable personnel to stay near home bases and families.

Departmental Absenteeism

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many staff of his Department were recorded absent for non-medical reasons on (a) 2 February 2009 and (b) 3 February 2009; what estimate he has made of the (i) cost to his Department and (ii) number of working hours lost due to such absence; and what guidance his Department issued to staff in respect of absence on these days. (260476)

Departmental Data Protection

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many contracts (a) his Department and (b) its agencies have which allow contractors to store personal data of UK citizens overseas; for which contracts this applies; in which countries the data for each contract are held; and how many people have their data stored overseas in the case of each such contract. (245342)

The Ministry of Defence has identified eight contracts where personal data of UK citizens are held overseas. The following table provides the name of the contract, the country where the data are held and the approximate number of records.

Name of contract

Where the data are held

Approximate number of personal records held

Defence Travel: Electronic Booking Interface Service Contract

France

160,500

USA

15,000

Defence Travel: Travel Management Contract

USA

310,000

Royal Navy Community Website

USA

9,000

E-bluey: a hybrid mail service for BFPO which allows service personnel, relatives and friends to maintain contact with each other while serving on operations or exercise for more than 60 days duration

USA

1150,000

External Band D Assessment Centre (CMS)

Australia

4,600

RAF Fitlinxx: provides fitness training programmes for personnel and records workout sessions

USA

8,060

DE&S Movement Management Air Reservation System

Germany

19,500

DE&S Departure Control System

Germany

4,000

1 Including live accounts and e-blueys. This number fluctuates on a daily basis as accounts are added and deleted.

Met Office

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what discussions his Department has had with Treasury officials on the future of the Met Office as part of the Government’s Trading Fund Review; and if he will make a statement. (260205)

Officials from the Ministry of Defence and Treasury were represented on the Trading Funds Assessment Steering Group. As announced in the pre-Budget report the Met Office is now being examined as part of the Government’s Operational Efficiency Programme and officials from both Departments are meeting regularly to take this forward.

Naval Bases[Official Report, 20 April 2009, Vol. 491, c. 1-2MC.]

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) what the monetary value of the surface ship refitting contracts was at HM Naval Base Portsmouth in each year since 1997; (261789)

(2) what the monetary value of surface ship refitting contracts was at HM Naval Base Plymouth Devonport in each year since 1997;

(3) what the monetary value of surface ship refitting contracts was at HM Naval Base Rosyth in each year since 1997.

There is no requirement to keep contractual information for surface ship upkeep work (refits and docking periods) beyond seven years. The values of contracts completed prior to 2001 are, therefore, no longer held. The following table provides the costs for upkeep work carried out since 2001 on Aircraft Carriers, Type 42 Destroyers, Type 22 and 23 Frigates, Landing Platform Dock, Royal Fleet Auxiliary and Mine Countermeasure vessels:

£ million

Location

Portsmouth

Devonport

Rosyth

2001

8.9

10.3

126.2

2002

6.0

37.1

46.0

2003

23.9

5.6

35.9

2004

56.6

6.6

158.7

2005

11.5

0.0

56.3

2006

8.7

17.5

25.1

2007

27.8

37.0

21.0

2008

24.0

26.0

41.1

The figures shown for years 2001 and 2004 include upkeep work packages for the aircraft carriers HM Ships Invincible and Illustrious.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) what recent assessment he has made of the (a) capacity and (b) capabilities of (i) HM Naval Base Plymouth Devonport and (ii) HM Naval Base Faslane in respect of submarines; (261808)

(2) what recent assessment he has made of the (a) capacity and (b) capabilities of (i) HM Naval Base Plymouth Devonport and (ii) HM Naval Base Portsmouth in respect of surface ships.

The capacity and capability of all three UK naval bases (Clyde, Devonport and Portsmouth) are regularly assessed to ensure that they individually and collectively meet the requirements of the Royal Navy. The most recent assessment was carried out as part of the Naval Base Review (NBR), which concluded in July 2007 that all three naval bases should be retained but optimised. This optimisation work has begun at each naval base and forms an integral part of the Maritime Change Programme (MCP). MCP is developing an enduring maritime enterprise, commensurate with the Defence Industrial Strategy (DIS), that delivers affordable, sustainable and efficient Maritime build, equipment and through life support to meet the operational needs of the Royal Navy today and in the future.

Navy: Contracts

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what estimate he has made of the monetary value of surface ship refitting contracts which will be awarded to UK naval bases in the next three years. (261981)

The MOD’s regular planning round is currently in progress. Until this work has been completed, it is not possible to provide a cost estimate for future Royal Navy surface ship upkeeps.

Programme Belvedere

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) what standard of accommodation is being planned for Joint Helicopter Command under Project Belvedere; what criteria are being used to make the decision; and what the cost would be of upgrading RAF Lyneham to (a) Royal Air Force, (b) Royal Navy and (c) Army accommodation standards; (261906)

(2) what estimate he has made of the cost to date of Programme Belvedere;

(3) what the reasons are for the time taken to announce the outcome of Programme Belvedere;

(4) what criteria will be used in selecting an airfield for Joint Helicopter Command under Programme Belvedere;

(5) who in his Department has lead responsibility for Programme Belvedere;

(6) who in his Department is responsible for ensuring that Programme Belvedere adheres to its timetable;

(7) how long he expects production of the environmental impact assessment on the airfield to be selected for Joint Helicopter Command under Programme Belvedere to take;

(8) how long he expects the process of costing the outcome selected by Programme Belvedere to take.

The Belvedere Programme is considering future basing options for the Joint Helicopter Command.

Under the strategic direction of the Defence Operating Board and a three Star military officer (the Senior Responsible Owner), the Belvedere Team Leader has day to day responsibility for the programme timetable.

The range of variables and programme uncertainties has been more complex than originally envisaged, and has inevitably had an impact on the time taken to undertake the work. The criteria against which judgments are made, for both individual airfields and combinations of airfields, include:

operating issues including aircraft numbers, command and control and flying hours; environmental issues including noise,

availability and standard of domestic and technical accommodation;

accessibility for aircraft and vehicle types; aircraft capacity of the airfield;

opportunities for efficiencies and rationalisation;

airfield location—low flying areas, training areas and local communities;

future requirements; and,

affordability and value for money.

The costs of Belvedere since it was reconstituted in June 2007 have been a little under £2 million. In addition, around £2 million has been spent on essential maintenance works at RAF Lyneham to ensure that its existing infrastructure can remain viable if Belvedere concludes that the station should be retained.

No decisions have been taken on the number of bases required, nor therefore, of any accommodation requirements at RAF Lyneham. Any new accommodation would be provided to common joint-Service standards.

Baseline noise and environmental impact assessments have been made for each of the sites being considered by Programme Belvedere. A full environmental assessment following selection of a particular option would take 11-12 months. The programme would then be delivered through a series of individual projects. Future costs would depend upon the option chosen.

The future of the Belvedere Programme is currently under consideration at senior levels within the Department.

Royal Regiment of Scotland: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the (a) trained, (b) actual strength and (c) numbers fit for duty requirement is for each (i) regular and (ii) territorial infantry battalion of the Royal Regiment of Scotland. (262633)

Fit for duty has been interpreted as medically fit to perform any duty. Personnel unfit for duty in their primary role but who can perform a role in an alternative capacity are therefore included in the following tables.

As at 1 December 2008, the figures for Royal Regiment of Scotland regular battalions were:

Battalion

Trained strength

Actual strength

Fit for duty

1 Scots

627

554

552

2 Scots

574

476

472

3 Scots

629

575

573

4 Scots

762

588

560

5 Scots

654

561

548

As at 1 January 2009, the figures for Royal Regiment of Scotland Territorial Army battalions were:

Battalion

Trained strength

Actual strength

Fit for duty

6 Scots

430

270

n/a

7 Scots

530

390

n/a

Data concerning fit for duty personnel are not collected for the Territorial Army and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Shareholder Executive

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what discussions his Department has had with the Shareholder Executive as part of the Government’s Trading Fund Review; and if he will make a statement. (260206)

Officials from the Ministry of Defence worked very closely with the Shareholder Executive on the Trading Funds Assessment.

Ministry of Defence officials with responsibility for the Department’s Trading Funds were represented on the Trading Funds Assessment Steering Group. There were discussions on the Assessment between officials and Shareholder Executive officials and MOD Ministers.

Trading Funds

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what consultation his Department has conducted with external organisations as part of the review of Government Trading Funds. (260204)

Ministry of Defence officials with responsibility for the Department’s Trading Funds were represented on the Trading Funds Assessment Steering Group alongside officials from other Trading Fund owner Departments, HM Treasury, the Office of Fair Trading and the Office of Public Sector Information.

Written Questions: Government Responses

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence when he expects to answer Question 245342, tabled on 15 December 2008, on personal data stored overseas. (261528)

Environment, Food and Rural Affairs

Agriculture: Subsidies

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many applications for export refunds within the Common Agricultural Policy there have been for (a) pigmeat, (b) milk and milk products, (c) poultry, (d) beef and veal and (e) eggs under the EC regulation currently in force in the last 12 months. (262021)

[holding answer 9 March 2009]: Commission Regulation 800/1999, which came into force on 15 April 1999, currently governs export refunds within the common agricultural policy. Since this date, the following number of applications for export refund have been made in the UK.

Sector

Refund applications

Pigmeat

4,174

Eggs

1,895

Poultry

7,619

Beef and Veal

11

Milk and Milk products

76,782

Animal Welfare

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what steps the Government has taken to ensure the welfare of farm animals in the last 12 months. (261469)

[holding answer 10 March 2009]: The welfare of all farmed animals is protected by the Animal Welfare Act 2006, which makes it an offence to cause unnecessary suffering to any animal. The Act also contains a Duty of Care to animals—this means that anyone responsible for an animal must take reasonable steps to make sure the animal’s needs are met. The Act is backed up by detailed regulations for farmed animals and species-specific welfare codes.

Animal Health carries out welfare inspections on farms to check that legislation and the welfare codes are being followed. In addition to spot checks and planned visits, Animal Health follows up all complaints and allegations of poor welfare on specific farms as a matter of urgency. In 2008, Animal Health carried out a total of 10,159 animal welfare inspections on farms.

Beekeeping

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what assessment his Department has made of the effects of recreational bee keepers and their practices on the bee population. (262071)

[holding answer 9 March 2009]: Recreational beekeepers, who form a substantial majority of beekeepers in the UK, play an important role in helping to combat the decline in the honey bee population, both in terms of ensuring that they practice good husbandry to maintain and increase bee numbers, and through recognising the risks of spreading pests and diseases to other beekeepers if they fail to take action. The recent National Audit Office report highlighted the large numbers of recreational beekeepers who are unknown to the authorities and so who could be unaware of the risks of spread of pests and disease. An additional £2.3 million funding was announced by the Secretary of State in January to support implementation of the initial phase of a 10 year plan to protect and improve the health of honey bees. This involves new work aimed at gaining a more accurate picture of the numbers and distribution of beekeepers and the status of the health of their colonies and increasing significantly the proportion of beekeepers registered on the National Bee Unit’s Beebase database in England.

Bees: Disease Control

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what recent discussions he has had with his international counterparts on bee health. (261797)

[holding answer 9 March 2009]: There have been no discussions in recent years at a ministerial level on the problems affecting bee health. At official level DEFRA is working closely with other EU member states and has been in regular contact with our United States counterparts about colony collapse disorder. Members of the National Bee Unit are involved in an EU Consortium of Bee Researchers, COLOSS, which has been established to facilitate the exchange of information about abnormal colony losses and a project funded by the European Food Standards Agency which is collecting data from bee surveillance programmes currently run by EU member states.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs when he expects the details of the new bee health research programme to consider the wider problems facing pollinators to be finalised; and if he will make a statement. (262067)

[holding answer 9 March 2009]: Negotiations with other potential funders are still continuing but we hope to conclude these in the next few weeks. Details of the programme will be published on the DEFRA website once these have been finalised.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what assessment his Department has made of the effect of the international trade in honeybees on the spread of pests and diseases in the UK bee population. (262070)

[holding answer 9 March 2009]: International trade in honeybees poses a risk of movements of pests and diseases. Consequently, imports are only allowed from a limited list of non-EC countries. Imports of honeybees into the UK are controlled by EC legislation which includes a requirement for each consignment to be accompanied by a health certificate issued by the relevant authorities in the exporting country. Imports from countries outside the Community are also subject to post import controls aimed at reducing the risk of introduction and spread of exotic bee pests, in particular, the small hive beetle and tropilaelaps mites, both of which are notifiable.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many staff of the National Bee Unit were responsible for research into bee health in each of the last 10 years. (262072)

[holding answer 9 March 2009]: The information is not available in the form requested. Depending on the project, bee health research can involve any of the staff in the National Bee Unit, the bee inspectors and a range of researchers from various other disciplines within the Central Science Laboratory.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many seasonal bee inspectors were employed by the National Bee Unit in each of the last 10 years. (262073)

[holding answer 9 March 2009]: The number of seasonal bee inspectors employed by the National Bee Unit in each year since 1998 is set out in the following table:

Seasonal bee inspectors employed by the National Bee Unit

Number

1998

34

1999

38

2000

39

2001

39

2002

38

2003

39

2004

36

2005

36

2006

36

2007

36

2008

36

Departmental Data Protection

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many members of staff in his Department have been (a) investigated, (b) suspended and (c) dismissed for losing (i) memory sticks, (ii) laptop computers, (iii) desktop computers and (iv) mobile telephones belonging to his Department in each year since 1997. (248253)

No DEFRA employees have been (a) investigated, (b) suspended, or (c) dismissed for losing (i) memory sticks, (ii) laptop computers, (iii) desktop computers, and (iv) mobile telephones belonging to the Department.

Departmental Disciplinary Proceedings

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many staff in his Department were disciplined for (a) bullying and (b) harassment of colleagues in each of the last three years. (254088)

Seven employees have been disciplined for bullying and harassment in the last three years. One employee was disciplined in 2007, five employees were disciplined in 2008, and one employee has been disciplined in 2009.

DEFRA'S procedures do not differentiate between bullying and harassment so I am unable to provide a further breakdown.

Departmental Postal Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many and what percentage of letters sent by his Department were given to (a) the Royal Mail and (b) another postal services provider for delivery in the last 12 months; and if he will make a statement. (259962)

From information held centrally, the core-Department has not used any postal service provider other than Royal Mail in the last 12 months. For the period 1 February 2008 to 28 February 2009 inclusive, the core-Department gave the Royal Mail 2,037,695 letters.

Domestic Waste: Waste Disposal

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs whether a local authority which has adopted an alternate weekly collection of household waste will be deemed to have successfully implemented a waste management and strategy and initiative for the purposes of scoring a potential bid to become a pilot. (252323)

Food Supply: Research

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what funding his Department has allocated for each category of research into improving the UK’s food security in each of the last four years. (257799)

[holding answer 23 February 2009]: Between 2005-09, DEFRA has invested in research activities associated with UK food security. Industry have joint funded some of the work within the LINK programme. The LINK Programme is a co-ordinated research and innovation framework programme funded in equal share (50:50) by DEFRA and industry. Its aim is to develop near-market products and practices, for subsequent progression to the market place under full industry funding.

Total spend for each of the last four years is shown in the following table:

£ million

Programme

Sustainable farming and food

Animal health and welfare

2005-06

38.0

40.0

2006-07

34.0

41.0

2007-08

29.0

39.0

2008-09

28.0

36.4

1 These figures are taken from the DEFRA Science Information System database.

Incinerators: Health Hazards

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs if he will make an assessment of the registers held by the Environment Agency of reports on incinerator bottom ash for the purposes of determining whether its composition exceeds permitted levels for harmful substances. (256565)

[holding answer 12 February 2009]: Monitoring data on certain heavy metals, loss on ignition (the change in weight recorded when the ash is heated to a high temperature) and the total organic carbon in incinerator bottom ash is provided by the incinerator operators. This is placed upon the Environment Agency public registers. These data are checked by the Environment Agency upon receipt. Limits are set on loss on ignition/total organic carbon to ensure that the incinerator is operating efficiently. No breaches of these limits have been reported hence no enforcement action has been taken. Limits are not set on the heavy metal content of the ash as a permit condition. The operator is expected to carry out more detailed analysis before the ash can be disposed of.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs if he will consult (a) stakeholders, (b) experts and (c) other bodies on procedures for H14 ecotoxicity testing of incinerator bottom ash. (256566)

[holding answer 12 February 2009]: Incinerator bottom ash is not tested directly for ecotoxicity as this would involve unnecessary expense and unwarranted animal testing. Instead, chemical analysis is undertaken using standard methods and the ash is assessed for ecotoxicity by reference to the criteria for levels of dangerous substances given in the Environment Agency’s Technical Guidance WM2 “Hazardous waste: interpretation of the definition and classification of hazardous waste, 2nd edition, version 2.2”. The Environment Agency has been working with the Environmental Services Association to ensure that the procedures used to assess incinerator bottom ash are both robust and technically appropriate.

Insulation: Hazardous Substances

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how much plastic foam insulation containing ozone depleting substances has been treated with approved methods of gas recovery in the last 12 months. (260964)

Ozone depleting substances are recovered from insulation foams in refrigerators, freezers and other equipment in specialist facilities. A small amount of insulation foam arising as construction waste is also treated in some of these plants but the quantity is unknown.

Annual reports on the tonnages of all ozone depleting substances recovered in the UK, including refrigerant fluids and halons from fire extinguishers, are provided to the EU but the Environment Agency does not hold information on the amounts derived from individual sources. Data are not yet available for 2008.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many (a) enforcement notices have been issued and (b) prosecutions have been brought in respect of improper disposal of plastic foam insulation containing ozone depleting substances in each of the last three years. (260966)

The National Enforcement Database is the main recording system for data on enforcement actions carried out by the Environment Agency. The database does not provide specific information regarding offences relating to the disposal of plastic foam insulation.

The Environment Agency takes enforcement action where necessary against people who have operated illegal transfer stations, unlicensed landfills for construction/demolition waste and those who have fly-tipped this type of waste.

Landfill Tax

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (1) what proportion and amount of revenue raised from landfill tax has been returned to local authorities in each of the last five years; (260447)

(2) whether it is Government policy that increases in landfill tax rates will be revenue-neutral for local authorities;

(3) if he will bring forward proposals to adjust local authority funding in line with changes to the rate of landfill tax in order to fund extensions to recycling services;

(4) what percentage of revenue raised through the landfill tax was reallocated directly to local authorities in each of the last five years.

[holding answers 3 March and 6 March 2009]: The Government worked closely with local government in CSR07 to identify the overall pressure on waste management services, including the increase in landfill tax, along with the extent to which those pressures can be mitigated. Over the CSR07 period, the overall Government grant will increase by £8.9 billion which takes into account local government’s landfill tax liability, including the increased costs resulting from the rise in the standard rate escalator from 2008-09, and allows local authorities to deliver effective services including in the area of waste management.

DEFRA is also supporting local authorities to develop alternatives to landfill through the Private Finance Initiative (PFI). To date £2.02 billion PFI Credits have been committed to 33 projects which will divert waste from landfill. There are a further 11 projects in the application process, for the remaining £1.18 billion PFI Credits currently available.

In addition the Waste Infrastructure Capital Grant provides direct funding to help local authorities put in place the front-end infrastructure needed to help them meet their landfill diversion targets.

Milk: Imports

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how much liquid milk was imported into the UK in (a) 1997, (b) 2000 and (c) 2008. (261566)

[holding answer 6 March 2009]: Liquid milk imports are shown in the following table. Liquid milk is imported into the UK in two forms, as raw milk for processing by dairies in the UK, or as liquid drinking milk (e.g. pasteurised or UHT milk).

Most imports of raw milk come from the Republic of Ireland for processing by dairies in Northern Ireland.

Imports of liquid milk to the UK

million litres

Raw milk for processing

Liquid drinking milk

1997

128

150

2000

97

122

2008

30

100

Source:

DARDNI, HMRC

National Parks: South Downs

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many postcards supporting the designation of the South Downs as a National Park have been received by his Department since December 2008. (261957)

DEFRA has received around 17,500 postcards supporting the proposed South Downs National Park since 1 December 2008.

Pollution: Hertfordshire

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many successful prosecutions have been undertaken by the Environment Agency concerning pollution in (a) Hertfordshire and (b) Dacorum in each year since 6 February 2002. (261192)

The following table indicates the number of successful prosecutions undertaken by the Environment Agency concerning pollution incidents in Hertfordshire.

This information was taken from the National Enforcement Database which is the main recording system for data on enforcement actions carried out by the Environment Agency. The database does not provide information regarding offences in individual boroughs.

Successful prosecutions

20021

11

2003

9

2004

16

2005

4

2006

5

2007

30

2008

9

20092

2

1 From 6 February.

2 To date.

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many complaints have been received by the Environment Agency concerning pollution in (a) Hertfordshire and (b) Dacorum in each year since 6 February 2002. (261194)

The following table shows the number of complaints received by the Environment Agency concerning pollution incidents in Hertfordshire and Dacorum.

Incidents Hertfordshire

Dacorum

Complaints

20021

471

35

534

2003

304

57

561

2004

432

39

516

2005

240

36

682

2006

390

46

472

2007

367

28

589

2008

365

29

488

2009

39

0

54

1 From 6 February.

The Environment Agency may receive multiple complaints about one incident.

Records of complaints received by the Environment Agency which prove to unjustified are only retained for two years.

Recycling

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what progress his Department has made on the development of a voluntary code to encourage the positioning of accessible recycling bins in public areas. (261360)

[holding answer 6 March 2009]: DEFRA launched ‘Recycle on the Go’ on 2 June 2008 which aims to put accessible recycling bins in public places. A good practice guide and a voluntary code of practice is available to help those responsible for public places to make recycling easy and accessible and includes guidance on providing recycling opportunities along with provisions for the correct disposal of non-recyclable waste.

The materials, which were developed in collaboration with the Waste and Resources Action Programme (WRAP) and ENCAMS, are available on the DEFRA website at:

http://defraweb/environment/waste/recycleonthego/index.htm

WRAP’s Recycle Now campaign has published guidelines for local authorities on how to make good use of the signage for recycle bins, including up-to-date brand guidelines for ‘Recycle on the Go’. This, as well as artwork for bins and campaigning, can be downloaded from the Recycle Now website at:

http://www.recyclenowpartners.org.uk/local_authorities/download_area/recycle_on_the_go/index.rma

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs which local authorities carry out on-street recycling. (261361)

[holding answer 6 March 2009]: Neither DEFRA nor the Waste and Resources Action Programme hold the information requested.

Recycling: Hampshire

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what reports his Department has received of allegations that Hampshire County Council is sending electronic waste for recycling to African countries; and if he will make a statement. (260600)

[holding answer 4 March 2009]: DEFRA officials have received briefings from the Environment Agency about reports of exports of waste electrical and electronic equipment from various sources to African countries. The Environment Agency is undertaking further investigations into alleged breaches of the waste shipment controls. It is not appropriate to comment on any specific investigations while they are ongoing.

The illegal export of waste is completely unacceptable and that is why DEFRA has provided funding to the Environment Agency to step up its enforcement efforts to deter this activity and catch those responsible. The rules are clear—the export of scrap TVs or scrap computer monitors to Africa is illegal. Such activity is not only potentially harmful to the environment but it also undermines the good work of legitimate charities which provide working electrical equipment to communities in developing countries.

Trade Unions

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs which trade unions are recognised in his Department. (262091)

Water: Meters

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many water meters were installed in houses (a) in England and (b) in Hemel Hempstead constituency in each year since 1997. (261263)

The following table sets out the number of water meters that have been installed in houses in England and Wales since 1997. Ofwat, the economic regulator of the water and sewerage industry, does not hold data on how many meters are installed in individual constituencies.

Three Valleys Water figures are included as this company provides a water service to the constituency of Hemel Hempstead.

Because of water company supply boundaries it is not possible to separate out the number of meters installed in England alone.

Household meters installed in England and Wales and Three Valleys Water between 1997 and 2008

Total in England and Wales

Three Valleys Water

1997-98

559,156

15,183

1998-99

486,043

27,291

1999-2000

352,997

16,305

2000-01

233,487

11,033

2001-02

241,108

10,111

2002-03

236,361

16,555

2003-04

295,053

27,231

2004-05

261,982

21,163

2005-06

325,756

38,965

Western Sahara: Fisheries

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what advice his Department issues to the fishing fleet on fishing in waters off (a) Western Sahara and (b) Morocco. (262831)

UK vessels that fish in the waters off Western Sahara and Morocco do so under the provisions of the EU/Morocco Fisheries Partnership Agreement. DEFRA advises that they should ensure compliance with the agreement at all times while fishing in these waters.

Olympics

Departmental Postal Services

To ask the Minister for the Olympics how many and what percentage of letters sent by her Office were given to (a) the Royal Mail and (b) another postal services provider for delivery in the last 12 months; and if she will make a statement. (259979)

The Department for Culture, Media and Sport does not record the number of mail items sent by individual Ministers or their offices. 100 per cent. of mail items sent by the Department are given to the Royal Mail.

Scotland

Departmental Ministerial Policy Advisers

To ask the Secretary of State for Scotland how much has been claimed in reimbursable expenses by special advisers in his Department in 2008-09 to date. (260361)

Costs incurred on reimbursable expenses in 2008-09, will be available only when the Department’s resource accounts are fully audited and laid before Parliament. This is expected to be before the 2009 summer recess.

Wales

Devolution

9. To ask the Secretary of State for Wales what recent assessment he has made of the effectiveness of the constitutional settlement on devolution for the interests of Wales. (261332)

The Government’s position on the devolution settlement for Wales is clearly set out in the 2006 Government of Wales Act. The Act has delivered on clearer responsibilities, fairer Assembly elections, simplified legislative process and enhanced powers in agreed matters. The powers conferred on the National Assembly and the Welsh Assembly Government are working well.

Welsh Economy

10. To ask the Secretary of State for Wales what recent discussions he has had with ministerial colleagues and the Welsh Assembly Government on the state of the Welsh economy. (261333)

I have regular discussions with ministerial colleagues and the Welsh Assembly Government on the state of the Welsh economy, through my membership of the National Economic Council and my attendance at the all-Wales economic summits.

11. To ask the Secretary of State for Wales what recent discussions he has had on the situation of businesses in Wales in the current economic climate. (261334)

Working in close partnership, the UK Government and the Welsh Assembly Government are doing all we can to help Welsh businesses and households through these challenging times.

Prisons: Drugs

12. To ask the Secretary of State for Wales when he next plans to discuss the matter of drugs in prisons in Wales with ministerial colleagues and the Welsh Assembly Government. (261335)

My right hon. Friend and I have regular discussions with ministerial colleagues and Welsh Ministers on a range of issues affecting Wales including prisons.

Since 1997, we have increased investment in drug treatment in prisons tenfold and greatly strengthened enforcement. As a result of this, results in mandatory random drug tests have improved from over 20 per cent. testing positive 10 years ago to 9 per cent. now.

Digital Inclusion

13. To ask the Secretary of State for Wales what progress has been made on the Government’s plans for digital inclusion. (261336)

My right hon. Friend the Secretary of State launched ‘Delivering Digital Inclusion: an Action Plan for Consultation’ in October 2008, setting out over 70 actions taking place across Government to tackle digital inclusion.

The consultation has now finished and the responses are currently being analysed to inform further progress. My right hon. Friend will be making an announcement in the spring on the outcome of the consultation and the appointment of a digital inclusion champion and taskforce.

Flooding: Severn Plain

14. To ask the Secretary of State for Wales what discussions he has had with the First Minister on cross-border flooding on the Severn plain between Caersws and Shrewsbury. (261337)

My right hon. Friend has regular bi-lateral meetings with the First Minister on a range of issues including environmental matters.

The Assembly Government takes flooding in Wales very seriously. It has more than doubled funding since 1999 with £5.8 million per year for local authorities and over £12 million for the Environment Agency Wales for capital improvement projects.

The Assembly Government also secured an additional £30 million from convergence funding to invest in flood and coastal erosion risk measures across Wales, £8 million for flood risk management activities and £575,000 available to the Environment Agency Wales between 2009 and 2011 to take forward a number of initiatives.

Welsh Language

15. To ask the Secretary of State for Wales when he next plans to meet members of the Welsh Assembly to discuss the promotion of the Welsh language in Wales; and if he will make a statement. (261338)

I have regular meetings with Welsh Assembly Government colleagues to discuss matters relating to Wales including the promotion of the Welsh language.

Hon. Members will be aware that my right hon. Friend the Secretary of State laid the proposed Welsh Language Legislative Competence Order in Parliament on 9 February for pre-legislative scrutiny. The proposed LCO, when made, will enable the National Assembly to legislate in order to deliver the Welsh Assembly Government's commitments in respect of the language.

Christmas

To ask the Secretary of State for Wales whether it is his Department's policy to offer staff (a) additional leave entitlement for Christmas shopping and (b) Christmas bonus payments. (262804)

The Wales Office has no policy entitling staff to either (a) additional leave for Christmas shopping or (b) Christmas bonus payments.

Departmental Ministerial Policy Advisers

To ask the Secretary of State for Wales how much has been claimed in reimbursable expenses by special advisers in his office in 2008-09 to date. (260318)

Costs incurred on reimbursable expenses in 2008-09, will be available only when the Department's resource accounts are fully audited and laid before Parliament. This is expected to be before the 2009 summer recess.

Transport

A15

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport whether he has received any proposals to dual the A15 in the last 12 months. (261800)

[holding answer 10 March 2009]: The Department for Transport has not received any proposals to dual the A15 in the last 12 months.

BAA

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport pursuant to the answer of 28 January 2009, Official Report, column 532W, on Heathrow Airport, on what dates (a) Ministers and (b) departmental officials met BAA representatives to discuss proposals for Heathrow Airport expansion in each of the last three years; and if he will make a statement. (254949)

Since January 2006, Ministers have met regularly with BAA to discuss general aviation issues. These meetings covered a wide range of topics, which may have included the expansion of Heathrow.

Date (week commencing)

Minister

6 March 2006

Alistair Darling

22 May 2006

Douglas Alexander

29 January 2007

Douglas Alexander

5 March 2007

Douglas Alexander

14 May 2007

Douglas Alexander

18 June 2007

Douglas Alexander

10 September 2007

Jim Fitzpatrick

7 April 2008

Ruth Kelly

28 April 2008

Ruth Kelly

21 July 2008

Ruth Kelly

1 September 2008

Ruth Kelly

In addition to these meetings, there were other occasions on which Ministers met with BAA to discuss issues such as airport security or surface access; or to discuss airports other than Heathrow.

Due to IT changes, officials' diaries are not available before April 2008, or July 2008 in some cases. Meetings with BAA have taken place as follows:

Date

Officials

9 April 2008

John Parkinson (Head of Airports Policy, DFT) and Martin Jones (Head of Strategic Roads)

3 July 2008

Jonathan Moor (Director of Airports Strategy, DFT) and John Parkinson

17 July 2008

Jonathan Moor and John Parkinson

22 July 2008

Quarterly meeting with BAA, attended by Simon Webb (Director General of Internal Networks and Environment, DFT) and Jonathan Moor

26 August 2008

Jonathan Moor and John Parkinson

3 September 2008

Simon Webb and Jonathan Moor

18 September 2008

Jonathan Moor and John Parkinson

3 October 2008

Quarterly meeting with BAA, attended by Simon Webb and Jonathan Moor

6 November 2008

Jonathan Moor and John Parkinson

14 November 2008

Jonathan Moor and David Hart (Head of International Networks Analysis and Support)

24 November 2008

Jonathan Moor and John Parkinson

Again, these meetings covered a wide variety of topics, which may have included the expansion of Heathrow.

Note that officials and ministers have met with BAA following the closure of the Heathrow consultation; but none of these meetings have discussed Heathrow.

Departmental Postal Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport how many and what percentage of letters sent by his Department were given to (a) the Royal Mail and (b) another postal services provider for delivery in the last 12 months; and if he will make a statement. (259967)

The information requested is in the following table.

(a) Royal Mail(b)Other postal service

DFT organisational unit

Items

Percentage

Items

Percentage

Central Department: London HQ1

87,694

97

2,758

3

Air Accidents Investigation Branch2

2

100

2

0

Marine Accident Investigation Branch

2

99

2

1

Rail Accident Investigation Branch1

3,372

98.80

40

1.20

Driver and Vehicle Licensing Agency3

108,767,612

100

3

3

Driving Standards Agency4

4

99

4

1

Government Car and Despatch Agency5

2

100

0

0

Highways Agency5

5

599

5

51

Maritime and Coastguard Agency6

6

6

6

6

Vehicle and Operator Services Agency2

2

100

2

0

Vehicle Certification Agency2

2

99

2

1

1 Includes letters and other articles (parcels, packets etc) transmitted by post.

2 No record kept of number of items sent.

3 100 per cent. of the mail despatched to the public is sent via Royal Mail. The only other provider is Secure Mail Services which is used to securely transport mail internally to local office.

4 The requested information can be provided only at disproportionate cost. However, DSA estimates that around 99 per cent. of its letters are given to Royal Mail for delivery.

5 The Highways Agency does not maintain number counts for the posting of letters. Above is an estimate.

6 The Information requested is not collected in the format requested. Cost analysis would not reflect numbers and/or percentage as the cost element is not fixed between couriers.

Departmental Press

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport how much his Department has spent on newspapers, magazines and periodicals in each year since 1997. (261254)

The Department for Transport was formed in May 2002. Total payments coded as expenditure for magazines, newspapers and other publications in the Department's accounting systems since this date are recorded as follows:

£

2002-03

155,654

2003-04

84,884

2004-05

68,447

2005-06

553,881

2006-07

277,389

2007-08

302,267

2008-09 to date

217,144

Magazines, newspapers and other publications are purchased to support the day to day activity of the Department. Professional journals and other trade publications are purchased to support professional activities and specialist activities such as civil engineering and contract work, the work of the Department's legal services, marine engineering activity. The ‘other publications’ category includes a wide range of types and may include one-off purchases.

It should be noted that the totals for 2002-03, 2003-04 and 2004-05 show the position for the Vehicle Certification Agency and Maritime and Coastguard Agency only. The remainder of the Department could provide this information only at disproportionate cost for these years.

The totals from 2005-06 onwards include all but the data from the Government Car and Despatch Agency and the Driving Standards Agency who could provide this information only at disproportionate cost.

From 2006-07 the central Department introduced a revised coding structure. Prior to this it was not possible to separate expenditure on books and purchases of other official material. The total for 2005-06 therefore includes this expenditure.

The figure provided by the Highways Agency for 2005-06 also includes publications purchased and recorded against specific road projects.

Heathrow Airport

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport what steps he is taking to ensure any disruption to travellers at Heathrow resulting from the visit to London by those attending the G20 summit is minimised. (262526)

[holding answer 10 March 2009]: The Department for Transport has been working with the organisers of the summit from the outset to ensure that the arrangements for the event involve minimum disruption to airline operators and passengers.

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport if he will hold discussions with (a) the National Air Traffic Service, (b) the Civil Aviation Authority and (c) BAA plc on minimising disruption to airline operators and passengers at Heathrow airport during the forthcoming G20 summit. (262501)

The Department for Transport has been working with the organisers of the summit from the outset to ensure that the arrangements for the event involve minimum disruption to airline operators and passengers.

Heathrow Airport: Road Traffic

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport pursuant to the answer of 12 February 2009, Official Report, column 2131W, on Heathrow airport: road traffic, what the daily traffic composition was for the main road corridors to Heathrow in 2008. (261626)

Road traffic data for 2008 are not yet available. They will be released as part of the “Road Traffic Statistics 2008: Traffic, Speeds and Congestion” publication in summer 2009.

Road traffic data for specific roads will be published at:

www.dft.gov.uk/matrix

Humber Bridge Board

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport what the most recent occasion was on which he or his predecessor met or spoke to a representative of the Humber Bridge Board; and if he will make a statement. (262257)

The then Minister of State for Transport, my hon. Friend the Member for South Thanet (Dr. Ladyman) met with the Humber Bridge Board early in 2007 to discuss revision of interest rates on the debt owed to the Secretary of State. There have been no further discussions with the board.

Humber Bridge: Tolls

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport if he will consider the merits of introducing a local residents’ scheme for the Humber Bridge Toll; and if he will make a statement. (262258)

Railways: Fares

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport what his latest estimate is of the cost to the public purse of bringing UK rail commuter fares into line with those in other European countries; on what basis he arrived at that estimate; and if he will make a statement. (261885)

[holding answer 9 March 2009]: The latest estimate was outlined at the Transport Committee by my noble Friend, the Minister of State (Lord Adonis) on 25 February. We believe lowering fares to the average levels on the continent, as estimated by Passenger Focus, would cost a minimum of £500 million. The Government have no data independent of Passenger Focus on which to undertake modelling.

Roads: Repairs and Maintenance

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport how many highways authorities have introduced a street works licence scheme under the new Roads and Street Works Act 1991, as amended by the Traffic Management Act 2004. (262364)

[holding answer 10 March 2009]: Neither the New Roads and Street Works Act 1991, nor the Traffic Management Act 2004, allows for a street works licence scheme. However part 3 of the Traffic Management Act 2004, which came into force in April 2008, allows local authorities in England, with the consent of the Secretary of State, to operate a permit scheme, under which anyone carrying out works in the public highway must seek permission for those works before proceeding.

No authorities have yet been authorised to operate a permit scheme. Transport for London and 13 London boroughs submitted a London Common Permit scheme for the Department for Transport’s approval in July 2008. The Department sought clarification about the proposed scheme last September and we await further information.

In January 2009 Kent county council submitted a separate application to run a permit scheme. This is being considered by officials.

Rolling Stock

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport what estimate he has made of the energy consumption, exclusive of passenger capacity, of (a) an Intercity 225 train and (b) the proposed Intercity Express programme train. (261554)

[holding answer 6 March 2009]: Exclusive of passenger capacity, and when compared to an Intercity 225 train, the Super Express train will consume just over 2 per cent. less energy on a typical journey between London and Edinburgh.

The energy consumption rate increases as the train's speed increases. Super Express trains will offer faster journeys than today's Intercity 225 trains. The new trains could be made more energy efficient if they were to operate as slowly as the current trains, although this would result in a less competitive rail service.

Transport: Crimes of Violence

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport how many victims of violence were recorded by British Transport police in each force area in each year since 1997. (262329)

This information is not held by the Department for Transport, but by the British Transport police who can be contacted at:

British Transport police

25 Camden Road

London NW1 9LN

E-mail:

parliament@btp.pnn.police.uk

Justice

Graveyards: Safety

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what assessment he has made of the implementation by (a) churches and (b) local authorities of his Department's guidelines on health and safety in graveyards. (261741)

We are now discussing with relevant representative organisations how best to obtain early feedback on our recently-published guidelines on managing the safety of memorials. We are also planning to undertake a fuller assessment, probably through a questionnaire, a year after publication.

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice if he will review the accuracy of summaries produced of his Department's guidelines on graveyard health and safety over the last three months. (261840)

We will address any questions or concerns about the application or interpretation of the guidance on memorial safety as they come to our attention.

Legal Aid: Housing

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice at which courts in England and Wales free legal representation funded by the Government at repossession hearings is available; and how many legal advisers have been allocated to each court. (261930)

The Legal Services Commission (LSC) funds free legal representation at repossession hearings via the Housing Possession Court Duty Scheme. The scheme is available at 112 courts. There follows a full list of the courts where the scheme is available.

The LSC does not record the number of advisers per court and there is no specific number of advisers required. The LSC does require that legal aid providers ensure there is at least one adviser in court when the possession lists are heard and that all sessions are covered.

Aldershot and Farnborough

Alnwick

Ashford

Barnsley

Barnet

Basildon

Birkenhead

Birmingham

Bishop Auckland

Blackpool

Bow

Bradford

Bridlington

Brighton

Bromley

Burton on Trent

Bury St Edmunds

Cambridge

Central London

Cheltenham

Chesterfield

Colchester

Consett

Coventry

Croydon

Darlington

Dartford

Derby

Dewsbury

Doncaster

Dover

Dudley

Durham

Eastbourne

Edmonton

Folkestone

Gateshead

Gee Street Court (Clerkenwell)

Gee Street Court (Shoreditch)

Gloucester

Gravesham

Great Yarmouth

Grimsby

Halifax

Harlow

Hartlepool

Hertford

Huddersfield

Hull

Huntingdon

Ilford

Keighley

Kettering

Kidderminster

Kings Lynn

Kingston

Lambeth

Lancaster

Leeds

Liverpool

Lowestoft

Luton

Mansfield

Morpeth and Berwick

Newcastle

North Shields

Northampton

Norwich

Nottingham

Nuneaton

Oxford

Peterborough

Pontefract

Portsmouth

Preston

Redditch

Rotherham

Rugby

Runcorn

Scarborough

Scunthorpe

Sheffield

Skipton

Slough

South Shields

Southend

Southport

St Albans

St Helens

Stafford

Stoke on Trent

Stourbridge

Sunderland

Swansea

Tameside

Tamworth

Teesside

Tunbridge Wells

Wakefield

Wandsworth

Warrington

Watford

Wellingborough

West London

Weston Super Mare

Whitby

Whitehaven

Winchester

Wolverhampton

Woolwich

Worcester

Worthing

York.

In addition to the LSC funded schemes, the Department for Communities and Local Government funds 41 court desk schemes in England:

DCLG funded schemes:

Accrington

Banbury

Barnstaple

Barrow-in-Furness

Bedford

Bodmin

Bristol

Burnley

Buxton

Cirencester Magistrates

Evesham

Grantham

Harrogate

Haywards Heath

Hereford

Kendal

Lewes

Lincoln

Ludlow

Maidstone

Melton Mowbray

Nelson

Newark

Newport (I.O.W.)

Northwich

Oswestry

Penrith

Penzance

Rawtenstall

Salisbury

Shrewsbury

Skegness

Stratford

Swindon

Telford

Trowbridge

Truro

Walsall

Warwick

Worksop

Yeovil.

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice with reference to the answer to the right hon. Member for Leeds, West (John Battle) of 26 November 2008, Official Report, columns 1500-01W, on housing: low incomes, how many people in Wales have received assistance from each of the desks established in courts to provide free legal representation at repossession hearings in each month since the scheme's inception. (261931)

Free legal representation at repossession hearings in Wales is available through Swansea county court, and details of the number of people who have received assistance in each month since it was first piloted in January 2002 are shown as follows.

Between January 2004 and March 2005 there are no these data available. At that time the reporting of these data relied on providers submitting paper forms to the Legal Services Commission and in some cases no forms were ever sent. Since April 2007 these data have been submitted electronically and consequently the figures are more reliable.

Number

2002

January

8

February

10

March

7

April

12

May

18

June

10

July

12

August

6

September

9

October

12

November

4

December

12

2003

January

9

February

6

March

5

April

17

May

5

June

9

July

11

August

12

September

10

October

7

November

1

December

4

2004

January

February

March

April

May

June

July

August

September

October

November

December

2005

January

February

March

April

4

May

1

June

6

July

6

August

11

September

6

October

0

November

0

December

21

2006

January

14

February

4

March

0

April

5

May

12

June

5

July

23

August

7

September

13

October

14

November

5

December

4

2007

January

16

February

9

March

9

April

14

May

9

June

8

July

14

August

9

September

9

October

14

November

8

December

8

2008

January

14

February

12

March

15

April

17

May

6

June

9

July

16

August

13

September

17

October

18

November

11

December

4

2009

January

11

February

6

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice pursuant to the answer of 3 March 2009, Official Report, column 1507W, on legal aid: housing (1) how many applications for acts of assistance relating to housing have been received in 2008-09; and how many such applications have been accepted; (261945)

(2) how much the Legal Services Commission spent on acts of assistance relating to housing in each of the last five years; and how much has been spent in 2008-09 to date on applications for acts of assistance;

(3) how many new housing matters have been started by the Legal Services Commission in 2008-09;

(4) what proportion of all applications for (a) civil representations and (b) legal help in 2008-09 to date have been related to housing.

The information requested is currently being collated. I will write to the hon. Member as soon as the information becomes available.

Legal Aid: Negligence

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many legally-aided clinical negligence cases were closed in the last year for which figures are available; and how many resulted in (a) an award of damages and (b) a settlement involving an agreement to pay (i) damages and (ii) compensation. (262744)

The information requested is currently being collated. I will write to the hon. Member once the information becomes available.

Reoffenders: Essex

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many offenders re-offended while on probation in (a) West Chelmsford constituency and (b) Essex in the last five years. (261770)

The measure of reoffending used to provide National Statistics for England and Wales is not broken down by area. However, newly published data on local adult reoffending (a different measure of reoffending to the national statistics) are broken down by probation area and local authority (upper tier only).

The number of offenders used to calculate the local reoffending rate for the Essex probation area between 1 October 2007 and 30 September 2008 is 20,810 and the reoffending rate is 8.19 per cent.

The number of offenders used to calculate the local reoffending rate for the Essex county council area, which excludes the unitary authorities of Southend-on-Sea and Thurrock, is 15,737 and the reoffending rate is 8.20 per cent.

The local measure measures the reoffending of all offenders on the probation caseload, aged 18 or over, at a certain point in time (a “snapshot”), while the national measure covers all offenders commencing a court order under probation supervision or released from custody during the first quarter of the year. Additionally, the local measure allows a three month period for reoffences to be committed, while the national measure allows a year.

The local reoffending figures are produced by aggregating the data of four snapshots of the probation caseload. Therefore the number of offenders quoted above is approximately four times the number of offenders on the caseload at any one time.

A reoffending rate of 8.19 per cent. with a caseload size of 20,810 does not mean that 1,704 different offenders committed a reoffence, as some offenders may have appeared in more than one cohort and reoffended more than once.

It should be noted the probation supervision of some offenders may end during the period while their reoffending is being monitored. Therefore some reoffences may be committed after probation supervision has finished.

For further details please see “Local reoffending results 1 October 2007 to 30 September 2008 England and Wales” available at:

http://www.justice.gov.uk/docs/local-adult-reoffending-oct07-sept08.pdf

This is the first time that reoffending data at the local level have been made available.

The Ministry of Justice does not currently collate reoffending data at the constituency level.

Wetherby Young Offender Institution

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice (1) whether boys held on red level in Wetherby Young Offenders Institution are permitted to telephone their solicitors during office hours; (261682)

(2) how much outdoor exercise boys in Wetherby Young Offenders Institution are able to take;

(3) how often boys held on red level in Wetherby Young Offenders Institution have association with other young people; and how long on average they spend alone in their cells each day;

(4) how often boys held on red level in Wetherby Young Offenders Institution are permitted to telephone their families;

(5) what the arrangements for providing boys in Wetherby Young Offenders Institution with decent clothing are;

(6) how often boys held on red level in Wetherby Young Offenders Institution are allowed to have a shower;

(7) how many boys in each age cohort have been placed on red level in Wetherby Young Offenders Institution in each month since January 2008; and for how long each was on red level.

Those on red level status have the same access to telephones during office hours as other young people at Wetherby. However like all other young people they are normally engaged in educational or vocational training activities during the core day. If a young person needs to contact his solicitor a member of staff will facilitate it as soon as possible.

During the week, young people walk to their activity areas each day in the fresh air. At weekends, all young people have access to at least one hour's outdoor exercise per day. During the summer months, young people also have access to outdoor exercise in the evenings. In addition there are a large number of outdoor activities as well as horticultural and recycling vocational training. Some physical education activities also take place outdoors.

Young people on red level participate in the whole range of purposeful activities and curriculum. However they do not take part in association with other young people during the evenings or at weekends. Typically, they might expect to be out of their room for approximately 6.75 hours each day during weekdays, although this will vary for each young person.

Young people on red level are permitted to telephone their families at least every other day. However, more frequent contact can be arranged in cases where young people would benefit from it.

Freshly laundered clothing is issued to young people on a weekly basis. They receive five T-shirts, seven pairs of underpants, socks, a gym vest and shorts, two jumpers and two pairs of trousers. Each unit also keeps a stock of clean clothing in case a young person requires an emergency replacement.

48 rooms at Wetherby have a fitted shower providing unlimited access. The vast majority of other young people, including those on red level, have an opportunity to shower daily when they attend physical education activities or during the evening association periods.

The information on numbers of young people placed on red level and the length of time spent on red level is not held in the format requested and would involve the examination of a very large numbers of individual files which would involve disproportionate cost.

Wymott Prison: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many prison staff were employed at HM Prison Wymott (a) before and (b) after the opening of the new residential unit. (262398)

The residential unit at HM Prison Wymott was opened on 19 September 2008. At 31 August 2008 567 staff were employed in Wymott and at 30 September 2008 573 staff were employed in this establishment. As at 28 February 2009, there were 562 staff employed in this establishment

Culture, Media and Sport

Anniversaries

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what criteria are used by his Department in its decision to mark the anniversary of an occasion; and which anniversaries his Department plans to mark in each of the next three years. (262573)

No one Department within Whitehall deals with anniversary events as such. Decisions on commemorating significant occasions or events are taken by Ministers and then the most appropriate Department will take forward the arrangements.

DCMS is responsible within Government for co-ordinating the annual Remembrance Day ceremony at the Cenotaph.

Anniversaries for which celebrations are planned by DCMS sponsored bodies include the 200th anniversary of the birth of Charles Darwin, organised by English Heritage, and the 500th anniversary of Henry Vlll’s accession to the throne, organised by Historic Royal Palaces. Both these anniversaries occur in 2009 and plans by the Department, or its sponsored bodies, for the celebration of other major anniversaries will be announced nearer the time.

British Library

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what steps have been taken to minimise the possibility of a fire sprinkler malfunction at (a) the British Library and (b) other places where items from the national collection are stored. (261692)

Extensive fire and flood prevention and protection measures are built into (a) British Library premises and (b) other places where items from the national collection are stored. The British Library and other places where items from the national collection are stored are aware of the risk to collections from a fire sprinkler malfunction and have accounted for this at design stage and in on-going procedures. In addition, the Museums, Libraries and Archives Council has a National Security Adviser who can advise and carry out fire and security risk assessments.

Broadcasting: EU Action

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what estimate he has made of the cost to business in the UK of implementation of the EU Audiovisual Media Services Directive; and what the regulatory costs of its predecessor were. (261617)

The estimated additional cost of the EU Audiovisual Media Services Directive is £505,000 per annum plus £250,000 in one-off transition costs.

We set out these costs in the preliminary impact assessments published with our consultation on 31 July 2008. They will fall to be met by the video-on-demand industry, and by non-EU satellite channels uplinked from the UK. They do not take into account the savings to the industry of replacing the current self-regulatory arrangements for video-on-demand services.

Updated impact assessments will be published with the implementing regulations later this year. I have made no estimate of the regulatory costs of the Television Without Frontiers Directive, which preceded the AVMS Directive and was last revised in 1997.

Departmental Detergents

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport if he will make it his policy to ensure that no cleaning products or ingredients of cleaning products used by his Department have been tested on animals. (261131)

The Department does not use any cleaning products or ingredients that have been tested on animals.

Departmental Ministerial Policy Advisors

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport how much has been claimed in reimbursable expenses by special advisers in his Department in 2008-09 to date. (260351)

Costs incurred will be available only when the Department’s resource accounts are fully audited and laid before Parliament. This is expected to be before the 2009 summer recess.

Departmental NDPBs

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what risk rating was applied to each of his Department’s non-departmental public bodies as part of their recent risk reviews; and what additional discretion has been afforded to those bodies deemed to be low risk. (261622)

The risk ratings are an internal tool that we use to guide our day-to-day relationship with each sponsored body. The ratings can change whenever there is a significant change in a body’s activities or in its external environment, therefore we do not publish them.

We will shortly use the risk ratings to delegate greater freedom, where appropriate, for sponsored bodies to undertake capital projects without having to seek approval from Government. We will continue to look for ways of streamlining the framework of checks and controls that applies to low-risk bodies.

Departmental Postal Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport how many and what percentage of letters sent by his Department were given to (a) the Royal Mail and (b) another postal services provider for delivery in the last 12 months; and if he will make a statement. (259963)

The Department sent 42,170 items of mail in the last 12 months. 100 per cent. were given to the Royal Mail.

Departmental Public Appointments

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what information his Department holds on the number of persons appointed to executive positions in bodies for which his Department has responsibility in the last five years who previously had careers in the banking industry. (261231)

Departmental Public Consultants

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what payments for (a) polling and (b) other services his Department has made to (i) Deborah Mattinson and (ii) Opinion Leader Research Limited since 31 December 2007; and if he will make a statement. (261060)

The Department has no records of payments to either Deborah Mattinson or Opinion Leader Research Limited.

Departmental Training

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport whether his Department has provided voice coaching to any of its employees in the last 12 months. (260639)

Within the last 12 months the Department for Culture, Media and Sport has not provided voice coaching courses for any of its employees.

Hotels: Greater London

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what percentage of visitor accommodation facilities in London are accredited under the National Quality Accreditation Scheme. (262489)

The London Development Agency have advised that, as at February 2009, 57 per cent. of visitor accommodation facilities (rooms) in London are accredited under the national quality accreditation scheme. This includes hostels, campus sites, serviced and self-catering apartments, bed and breakfast establishments/guesthouses, caravan parks, hotels, single rooms and accommodation found through agencies. The figure for hotels alone is 76 per cent. of rooms.

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport how much of the London Development Agency's funding for increased accreditation of London accommodation under the National Quality Accreditation Scheme has been spent. (262490)

The London Development Agency have advised that as at January 2009 they had spent £443,397 promoting quality improvement in London for businesses that provide accommodation.

ITV Wales: Hearing Impaired

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what assessment he has made of the effects of the decision taken by ITV Wales to discontinue the provision of British Sign Language interpretation of their flagship news programme on the company’s ability to meet its public service obligations. (261757)

The Communications Act 2003 sets minimum targets for signing of programmes by broadcasters. However, it is the responsibility of Ofcom to ensure that these requirements are met. The Government understand that the signing of parts of some regional news programmes provided by ITV has always been in addition to the minimum targets set out in the Communications Act 2003.

Government welcome the fact that last year all ITV channels exceeded their minimum access services targets set out by Ofcom and that ITV intend to continue to subtitle all of their news programmes and bulletins.

Legal Deposit: Digital Technology

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport when he received the independent report on extension of legal deposit to digital and online media; and if he will publish it. (261618)

Recommendations on legal deposit for digital and online media are being received from the Legal Deposit Advisory Panel on an ongoing basis and are considered as they are received. Policy formulated in response to recommendations will be published for public consultation at the appropriate time. The decision whether to publish the recommendations themselves will be taken as part of that process.

National Library of Scotland

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport whether any items from the national collection were damaged as a result of the recent failure of the sprinkler system at the National Library of Scotland; and if he will make a statement. (261691)

The National Library of Scotland is a devolved function and this is a matter for the Scottish Executive.

Public Libraries

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport if he will make an assessment of the likely effect on public library authority budgets for 2009-10 of the time taken to publish the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy's (CIPFA's) survey of library usage; whether his Department has held discussions with CIPFA on the matter; what account he takes of (a) the survey and (b) other statistics when assessing the value of public library services; and if he will make a statement. (259950)

It is unlikely that the time taken to publish the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy’s (CIPFA's) survey of library usage will have an effect on public library authority budgets for 2009-10.

Due to the various validity checks from both CIPFA and the Audit Commission, and taking in queries from local authorities, the earliest date that figures can be shared with all subscribers is November. Data are published nationally between January and March. CIPFA believes this timetable ensures a 100 per cent. response rate and accurate data. We do not believe this timetable affects an authority’s ability to plan budgets for the following financial year.

DCMS is represented on the CIPFA Library Standards and Statistics Working Party, but has not otherwise discussed the survey with CIPFA.

Being the primary source of data on public libraries, we look forward to the publication of the annual CIPFA statistics. However, we believe that local authorities should have the freedom to manage their library budgets in accordance with the needs and wishes of their communities and that close monitoring of their performance is unnecessary.

The Library Service Modernisation Review, which was launched by the Secretary of State in October, will define Government’s high level vision for the provision of modernised library services, and the necessary steps to achieve this vision, and is intended to encourage excellence in all authorities. We believe that participation increases when services are excellent and we hope that results of our own Taking Part and Active People surveys will demonstrate year on year increases in library participation.

Royal Parks Agency: Parking

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what estimate his Department has made of the annual revenues which would be generated from the Royal Parks Agency's proposed car park charging regime in (a) Richmond Park and (b) Bushy Park; and if he will make a statement. (261953)

[holding answer 9 March 2009]: The Royal Parks (TRP) advise that a consultation is underway about the possibility of introducing parking charges in Bushy and Richmond parks and the level of the fee. No decision has been taken about whether the proposal will be adopted or the level of charge and nor will it be until the consultation is complete.

Sex Establishments

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport if he will take steps to exclude lap dancing from the provisions of temporary event notices. (262392)

Lap dancing itself is not a licensable activity under the Licensing Act 2003, which controls activities such as “the performance of dance” but has no role in censoring the content of any such performance. The Government currently have no plans to change the regime for permitted temporary activities contained in the Licensing Act 2003 or to give it a new role involving censorship. I am aware that concerns regarding the use of temporary events notices for lapdancing events were raised during the House of Commons committee stage of the Policing and Crime Bill. In response, the Minister with responsibility for crime reduction, the Under-Secretary of State for the Home Department, my hon. Friend the Member for Tynemouth, (Mr. Campbell) stated that he would discuss the issue with the Department for Culture, Media and Sport. These discussions are ongoing.

Television: Licences

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport how much money was collected from television licence fees in the UK in each of the last five years. (261646)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave to the hon. Member for South-West Surrey (Mr. Hunt) on 14 October 2008, Official Report, column 1203W.

Tourism

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what assessment he has made of the prospects for the tourism sector in 2009. (262697)

The British Tourism Framework Review, carried out by Deloitte on behalf of VisitBritain, includes assessment of the prospects for the tourism sector in 2009. The report can be located at the following web address:

http://www.visitbritain.com/en/campaigns/tourism-review/reports.aspx

At the National Tourism summit in January 2009 both the Prime Minister, the Secretary of State and I spoke about opportunities within the tourism sector. These include: the increased affordability of our high quality tourism product for visitors from the USA and Eurozone countries; the forthcoming decade of world class sports events which provide opportunities to showcase our towns, cities and regions; and our dynamic culture, incomparable countryside, and heritage.

Tourism: South West

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what steps his Department is taking to support the tourist industry in the South West. (258980)

Between 2008 and 2011, the Department will have provided £3.5 million annually to the regional development agencies for the support of the tourism industry.

In the same period, the DCMS will have provided over £130 million to VisitBritain and VisitEngland to market Britain to overseas visitors, and England to domestic visitors respectively.

DCMS has also made £45 million (£15 million per annum over three years) available through the Sea Change programme, which aims to help the regeneration of seaside resorts in England through cultural and heritage projects. In the first year of the programme (2008-09), £4,160,655 was allocated to the south west as set out in the following table:

Seaside town/resort

Grant allocated (£)

Torbay

2,247,532

Boscombe

455,000

Teignmouth

376,676

Weston-Super-Mare

951,447

Westward Ho!

1100,000

Ilfracombe

230,000

1 Development grant

2 Feasibility grant

Home Department

Anti-Semitism

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what account her Department takes of published anti-Semitic views of individuals seeking to enter the United Kingdom in deciding whether to grant entry; and if she will make a statement. (261522)

Where there is clear, reliable evidence that a non British citizen has engaged in one or more of a list of unacceptable behaviours, and has not clearly and publicly repudiated their previous extremist views or actions, there will be a presumption towards exclusion from the UK. The list includes behaviour likely to incite racial or religious hatred. Each case will be considered carefully to determine whether the evidence provided demonstrates that the person’s actions or activities constitute unacceptable behaviour and therefore justify exclusion from the UK.

Asylum: Zimbabwe

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many Zimbabwean asylum seekers have been refused asylum in the UK in each year since 2005. (255894)

[holding answer 12 February 2009]: There were 945 Zimbabwean principal asylum seekers refused asylum at initial decision in 2005, 1,510 in 2006, 1,115 in 2007 and 1,660 between January and September 2008. All figures are rounded to the nearest five and 2007 and 2008 figures are provisional.

Information on asylum is published annually and quarterly. Annual figures are available in Table 3.3 of Asylum Statistics United Kingdom 2007 published on 21 August 2008. Quarterly figures are available in the supplementary web tables published with the Control of Immigration: Quarterly Statistics Summary. Q4 2008 was available from 24 February 2009 from the Library of the House and from the Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate website at:

http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/immigration-asylum-stats.html

Begging and Vagrancy

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what recent assessment she has made of alternatives to use of the criminal justice system in reducing the incidence of begging and vagrancy. (259555)

There have been no recent assessments of alternatives to the criminal justice system in reducing the incidence of begging or vagrancy. It is for local areas to determine what works best for them in tackling the problem where it exists.

Binyam Mohamed

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what assessment she has made of the threat of persecution to Mr Binyam Mohamed in his country of origin. (259014)

We do not normally comment on individual cases and cannot confirm or deny whether an individual is seeking asylum in the United Kingdom. Mr. Mohamed has only recently returned to the United Kingdom and his current status is accordingly being considered.

Contracts: Costs

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what the (a) first estimate, (b) last estimate and (c) outturn cost was of each of the 30 largest IT contracts her Department has entered into with external suppliers since 1997. (250831)

[holding answer 27 January 2009]: Details of the largest information technology contracts agreed by the Department since 1997 are as follows:

£ million

IT contract

First estimate

Last estimate

Outturn cost

Criminal Records Bureau PPP agreement: Capita

400

400

1334

Independent Safeguarding Authority—Vetting and Barring Scheme: Logica

47

50

128.5

HO and UKBA—IT2000 provision of desktop, remote access, applications.

700

700

1,2566

UKBA—IND Procurement of Infrastructure, Development and Support (IPIDS): ATOS Origin

250

250

130

UKBA—Mycroft—SERCO

42

42

143.5

UKBA—IAFs (Immigration Automated Fingerprinting System): Sagem

31

31

128.7

UKBA. Warnings Index—Fujitsu

32.8

32.8

8.8

UKBA. E-borders—Trusted Borders Consortium

863

880

1105

UKBA—Semaphore: IBM

30

50

45.7

Group Wide Services (GWS): Savvis 1st tranche Applications

7

7

13.7

IPS—PASS

116

116

1,3338

IPS Pass subsequent phases

244

244

3

IPS—Admin IT: ATOS Origin

55

55

149

IPS—Search/Analysis system—Biographical Footprint check: Equifax plc

8

313.4

1,313.4

Secure Hosting of above—Equifax plc

4

3

3

IPS—PIMIS: IBM

9

9

9

IPS—PKI: nCipher Corporation

7

8.5

15

IPS—Fraud MI: Logica CMG

0.8

1.5

1.5

IPS—Website: Redweb Ltd.

0.5

0.5

32.0

Website—Subsequent phases and support—Redweb Ltd.

1.5

1.5

3

IPS—ICT Goods and Services: Computacenter

4

16

16

1 To date.

2 January 2009.

3 Indicates brace

4 OGC cross government framework

Crime: Internet

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what recent estimate she has made of the number of victims of on-line crime in the last 12 months. (263194)

These data are not kept centrally. Crimes are prosecuted on the basis of the offence committed and not the medium used.

Departmental Postal Services

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many and what percentage of letters sent by her Department were given to (a) the Royal Mail and (b) another postal services provider for delivery in the last 12 months; and if she will make a statement. (259972)

This information is not held centrally for the whole Department. However an estimated 275,000 letters were sent by Royal Mail from the Department’s HQ at 2 Marsham street in the last 12 months. Apart from couriers and the Government’s internal dispatch service no other postal provider has been used. 2 Marsham street also houses Ministry of Justice staff whose letters are included in this estimate.

Domestic Violence

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many recorded cases of domestic violence there were in each police force area in which (a) no action was taken, (b) a warning was issued, (c) a possible offender was arrested and (d) a possible offender was charged in each of the last five years. (260926)

Firearms

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many illegal hand guns are estimated to be in circulation in the UK. (255379)

Firearms: Chelmsford

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many individuals were found to be carrying illegal (a) weapons and (b) drugs during stop and search procedures by the police in West Chelmsford constituency in each of the last 10 years. (261768)

The information requested is not collected centrally.

Information on stops and searches under PACE and the number of resultant arrests for weapons and drugs reported to the Home Office are broken down by police force area only, and cannot separately identify searches in individual constituency areas.

Forensic Science: Females

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many female forensic nurses have been trained in each of the last five years. (260930)

The data requested are given in the table.

Number of female forensic nurses trained

2005

1

2006

14

2007

4

2008

4

2009

1

Total

23

1 None to date.

Genetics: Databases

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many times information has been accessed from the Police National Computer as evidence of bad character under section 101 of the Criminal Justice Act 2003. (260070)

Illegal Immigrants

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many illegal immigrants have been detected stowing away in lorries at each of her Department's check-points within the UK in each month since January 2005. (250585)

In 2008 alone, over 28,000 attempts to cross the channel and enter the UK illegally were prevented at the juxtaposed ports of Calais, Coquelles and Dunkirk.

The following tables represent the number of clandestines detected in lorries at the juxtaposed locations in northern France from 2005 to 2008 as well as ports within the UK.

Location—juxtaposed controls

2005

2006

2007

2008

U/E

FP

U/E

FP

U/E

FP

U/E

FP

January

189

872

364

1,227

406

819

785

1,894

February

191

662

427

727

303

643

683

1,394

March

235

705

332

875

297

508

571

947

April

266

887

367

893

320

631

549

1,054

May

249

834

403

946

448

724

490

978

June

207

863

372

820

327

734

506

1,231

July

350

877

377

780

455

717

625

1,306

August

388

894

560

1,092

448

1,075

650

1,900

September

270

927

424

1,317

497

1,286

946

2,055

October

396

842

664

1,588

701

1,771

1,077

2,567

November

449

1,269

528

842

651

1,996

941

2,313

December

423

694

386

587

606

1,517

721

1,824

Total

3,613

10,326

5,204

11,694

5,459

12,421

8,544

19,463

Key:

U/E = Represents figures for UKBA detections at juxtaposed ports including contracted partners.

FP = Represents figures for detections at juxtaposed ports by the French port authorities.

Location—Dover, Ramsgate and Dartford Europort

2005

2006

2007

2008

January

60

68

51

68

February

26

43

20

69

March

35

18

27

43

April

17

66

36

26

May

46

41

26

46

June

34

42

28

16

July

41

40

37

31

August

50

40

51

55

September

45

36

56

45

October

55

62

84

57

November

47

53

42

89

December

64

32

83

70

Total

520

561

541

615

Location —Hull, Immingham, Humber Sea Terminal, Grimsby, Tyne Commission Quay and Teesport

2005

2006

2007

2008

January

3

8

February

10

4

March

5

9

April

14

4

May

8

7

June

6

23

12

July

4

8

12

August

1

8

September

1

9

9

October

1

2

6

November

17

December

4

Total

81

57

64

74

Location—Purfleet and Tilbury

2005

2006

2007

2008

January

38

February

4

13

March

7

10

April

9

9

May

12

7

June

3

13

July

1

10

24

August

2

16

September

9

7

22

October

16

7

November

2

16

14

December

2

11

Total

30

70

184

Location—Newhaven, Portsmouth, Plymouth and Poole

2005

2006

2007

2008

January

15

29

24

February

42

18

10

March

9

12

5

April

8

7

10

May

15

27

9

June

14

44

14

July

10

21

17

August

44

24

8

September

19

31

19

October

17

20

14

November

20

44

20

December

20

18

4

Total

163

233

295

154

All the data provided above have been compiled from locally held management information and as such do not represent National Statistics. They may therefore be subject to change.

National Police Improvement Agency: Consultants

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much has been spent on consultants by the National Policing Improvement Agency in the last year for which figures are available, broken down by (a) project and (b) contractor. (254822)

The total National Policing Improvement Agency (NPIA) consultancy spend for the 2007-08 financial year was £71.4 million. This spend is made up of £66.5 million which was recorded in the Income and Expenditure accounts, along with £4.9 million of capitalised spend, which was included in the fixed asset additions for the year.

The main consultancy services purchased by the NPIA are:

specialised technical resources needed in the design and build of technology projects, for use by the police service,

project and programme management skills,

specific expert advice and guidance, where the NPIA does not retain the required skills or knowledge.

We do not hold this information in the format requested, but are able to provide the following without incurring disproportionate cost.

Table 1 shows consultancy spend on key projects within the NPIA during 2007-08.

Table 2 shows the cost of the 20 largest suppliers of consultancy resource to the NPIA during this period.

Table 1: NPIA consultancy spend on NPIA key projects during 2007-08

£ million

Custody and Case

19.4

IMPACT

12.5

Livescan

9.2

Airwave

4.5

Schengen Information System II

3.4

PentiP

1.7

Table 2: Top 20 suppliers of consultancy resource to NPIA during 2007-08

£ million

Metropolitan police authority1

10.4

Northrop Grumman Commercial Sys

8.7

Capgemini UK Plc

7.0

SunGard Public Sector Ltd.

5.5

PA Consulting Group

2.4

Rullion Computer Personnel Ltd.

2.0

Cable and Wireless Communications

1.6

Accenture

1.3

Imperial College London

1.2

LA International Consultants

1.2

Generic Software Consultants Ltd.

1.2

Northgate SIS Ltd. (Anite)

1.1

Northgate Information Solutions UK

0.8

Hudson Global Resources

0.8

Parity Solutions Ltd.

0.7

Amtec Consulting plc

0.6

Spring Technology Staffing Services

0.6

Arqiva

0.5

Parity Resources

0.5

QinetiQ

0.5

1 The Metropolitan Police Authority is shown as a supplier as it is recharging some of its own costs incurred for work on NPIA projects

Offensive Weapons: Convictions

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department pursuant to the answer of 11 February 2009, Official Report, column 2056W, on the Tackling Knives Action Programme, how many convictions for possession of a knife were recorded in each of the 10 Tackling Knives Action Programme areas between June and November in each of the last five years. (258717)

The information requested is shown in the following table.

Figures for individual TKAP areas are not provided, on the advice of statisticians, because the numbers are small for some areas and this means that changes over time for an area can be volatile.

Offences involving the possession of a knife or offensive weapon resulting in a sentence in TKAP areas as recorded on the police national computer, June to November, 2004-08

Number of offences

2004

5,016

2005

4,883

2006

4,859

2007

4,701

2008

5,516

The figures for the most recent period are likely to be revised as more information is recorded by the police.

Police: Databases

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many individuals with records on the Police National Computer have been (a) arrested and (b) cautioned more than once. (262528)

[holding answer 10 March 2009]: The latest available statistics for the information sought were produced on 21 January 2009.

The number of persons with at least one arrest/summons entry on the Police National Computer was 7,258,061.

The number of persons with at least one caution was 1,819,509, of which 1,465,975 had one caution. Therefore the number of persons with more than one caution was 353,534.

Prostitution

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department (1) when her Department plans to publish the responses received to the consultation letter of 26 September 2008 on proposals for prostitution legislation; (242662)

(2) when the Violent Crime Unit plans to publish responses to its consultation letter on proposals for prostitution legislation dated 26 September 2008.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department when she plans to publish the responses to her Department’s letter dated 26 September 2008 asking for views on her proposals arising out of the Tackling Demand for Prostitution review. (250710)

The Government wrote to a range of interested organisations on 26 September to seek their views on the proposed legislation. We received 67 responses from a variety of organisations representing the voluntary sector, statutory partners, local authorities and representatives of persons involved in prostitution and the lap-dancing industry. This was not a formal consultation and we did not indicate to potential respondents that their responses would be published. We therefore do not feel it appropriate to do so, although individual organisations are, of course, free to publicise their own views.

The issues involved here have also been subject to detailed scrutiny and discussion during the passage of the Policing and Crime Bill.

Public Order Offences

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department with reference to Table 2.04, Home Office Statistical Bulletin 07/08 Crime in England and Wales, if she will break down by offence the figure of 35,058 offences of ‘Other offences against the State and public order’ recorded in 2007-08. (262386)

It is not possible to provide the breakdown requested. Police forces in England and Wales notify the Home Office of an aggregated figure for ‘Other offences against the State and public order’ but individual offences within that offence classification cannot be separately identified centrally.

Serious Organised Crime Agency: Consultants

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much the Serious Organised Crime Agency spent on external consultants in the financial years (a) 2006-07, (b) 2007-08 and (c) 2008-09. (256950)

The information is as follows:

£ million

(a) 2006-07

1.60

(b) 2007-08

1.62

(c) 2008-09 (to 31 January 2009)

1.36

Theft

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many offences of (a) shoplifting, (b) robbery of business property and (c) theft by an employee were recorded by police in the quarter (i) July to September 2003, (ii) July to September 2004 and (iii) July to September 2005. (262527)

[holding answer 10 March 2009]: The information requested is given in the table.

Selected offences recorded by the police in England and Wales

July to September

Offence

2003

2004

2005

Shoplifting

74,831

68,530

72,953

Robbery of business property

2,268

1,691

1,859

Theft by an employee

4,307

4,412

4,188

Vetting

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many and what percentage of enhanced Criminal Records Bureau checks took longer than (a) 10, (b) 20, (c) 30, (d) 40, (e) 50, (f) 60, (g) 70, (h) 80, (i) 90, (j) 100, (k) 150, (l) 200 and (m) 300 working days to complete in each year since 2003; (260293)

The Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) does not hold the information in the format requested.

The CRB operates to a set of published service standards (PSS) which include to issue 90 per cent. of standard disclosures within 10 days and 90 per cent. of enhanced disclosures within 28 days.

The figures showing how many and what percentage of enhanced disclosures were completed in 28 days or fewer and in more than 28 days in each financial year since 2004 are shown in the following table:

Enhanced disclosures issued in 28 days or fewerEnhanced disclosures issued in more than 28 days

Number

Percentage

Number

Percentage

Total

2004-05

1,938,010

89.9

217,730

10.1

2,155,740

2005-06

2,073,621

84.4

383,276

15.6

2,456,897

2006-07

2,494,629

84.6

454,105

15.4

2,948,743

2007-08

2,828,768

93.4

199,892

6.6

3,028,660

2008-09

2,528,724

88.2

338,310

11.8

2,867,034

Information from before 2004 was not recorded in this format and therefore is. unavailable.

Victim Support Schemes: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what funding has been provided to local authorities for provision of (a) rape crisis centres and (b) domestic violence support services in 2008-09. (262446)

Responsibility for decisions on local funding of rape crisis and domestic violence services has moved from central Government to regional areas and local partnerships. Decisions on funding for local services are based on local areas identifying a need and including this in their priorities for improvement with outcomes specifying how the issues will be addressed and how they contribute to wider national aims.

Work Permits

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department pursuant to the answer of 10 February 2009, Official Report, columns 1834-5W, on work permits, if she will give a breakdown of the occupations in the category, “Others.” (257520)

[holding answer 23 February 2009]: The following table provides a breakdown of occupations in the category “Others” and the associated number of individual approved work permit applications for the period 1 January 2006 to 31 December 2008 with the appropriate caveats.

Work permit applications approved between 1 January 2006 and 31 December 2008 by selected category of occupation

Occupation

2006

2007

2008

Total

Polo Groom

900

1,025

1,590

3,515

Other Legal Occupation

1,095

1,140

1,035

3,270

Head Chef

970

955

1,130

3,060

Lecturer (University)

990

1,110

890

2,990

Second Chef

975

945

950

2,875

Computer Programmer

980

800

950

2,730

Other Construction/Land Occupation

815

810

820

2,445

Musician

780

805

845

2,430

Architect

855

845

730

2,430

Fashion (Model)

710

750

835

2,300

Pharmacist

660

670

760

2,090

Researchers-Sponsored

735

715

470

1,920

Restaurant Manager

670

575

665

1,915

Social Worker

785

550

560

1,895

Groom

335

495

575

1,405

Other Entertainment Related Occupation

410

420

485

1,315

Singer

390

435

450

1,275

Surveyor

435

475

340

1,245

Mushroom Processor - SBS

1,155

10

*

1,165

Electrical/Electronic Engineer

365

345

385

1,095

Radiographer

345

445

295

1,080

Senior House Officer

640

345

65

1,050

Specialist Registrar

595

250

195

1,040

Lawyer

435

365

220

1,020

Waiter/Waitress

470

385

165

1,020

Civil/Structural Engineer

290

395

325

1,010

Jockey (Work Rider)

245

315

405

970

Other Transport Related Occupation

370

315

280

965

General Manager

320

325

265

910

Aircraft Engineer

200

270

395

870

Meat Process Operative-SBS

850

5

855

Solicitor

275

265

310

850

Auditing

305

280

265

850

Cricket Player/Coach

195

245

340

775

Other Agricultural Occupation

345

205

175

730

Physiotherapist

305

245

170

720

Foundation Programme Dr

355

215

145

715

Cricket Player

270

250

180

700

Fashion (Other Related Occupation)

280

220

180

685

Mechanical Engineer

220

210

230

660

Disc Jockey

210

205

225

640

Computer Engineer

290

160

175

620

Skilled Craftsmen

235

145

190

570

It Manager

185

185

185

560

Actor (Film)

185

175

180

540

Trader

150

200

180

530

Dental Surgeon

215

155

145

520

Architectural Technician

155

185

175

515

Technician (Film)

140

185

160

485

Geologist

140

155

190

485

Meat Cutter - SBS

460

15

*

480

Occupational Therapist

180

155

140

475

Network Specialist

160

150

115

430

Polo Player

120

115

180

415

Other Sports Related Occupation

125

165

100

390

Veterinary Surgeon

140

135

115

390

Hotel Manager

175

115

85

375

Database Specialist

90

155

105

350

Biomedical Scientist

135

100

95

330

Actor (Theatre)

110

115

100

325

Kabaddi Player

110

110

95

315

Personnel/Training Manager

100

125

90

310

Dancer (Other)

105

115

90

305

Comedian

70

90

105

260

Investment Analyst

65

90

100

255

Ice Hockey Player

60

85

105

250

Producer (TV)

75

75

95

250

Circus Artiste

95

70

75

245

Lacrosse Development Officer

60

75

100

235

Meat Packer - SBS

235

235

Teacher Foreign Circ

80

85

70

235

Midwife

70

90

70

235

Basketball Player

80

80

70

230

Rugby Union Player

75

70

75

220

Actuary

90

75

55

220

Director (Film)

75

75

65

215

Football Player

70

65

70

210

Hospital Consultant

80

50

60

190

Process Operatives - SBS

190

190

Dancer (Ballet)

60

55

65

180

Psychiatrist

110

40

25

175

Producer (Film)

75

45

50

175

Chemical Engineer

55

65

55

170

Conductor

60

50

65

170

Optician

80

45

40

170

Ship Related Occupation

60

55

55

165

Rugby League Player

60

45

50

155

Personal Assistant

60

50

45

155

Dental Nurse

60

45

50

155

Electronic Engineer

40

35

80

155

Choreographer

50

50

50

150

Fish Filleter - SBS

150

150

Transport & Highways Engineer

50

55

40

145

Meat Bone Extractor - SBS

145

145

Medical Practitioner

55

35

55

145

Manager (Entertainment Related)

45

40

60

140

Animator

45

55

40

140

Sheep Shearer

30

55

50

140

Writer

35

40

55

135

Editor (Film)

40

45

35

115

Purchasing Manager

40

40

30

115

Catering Manager

50

30

30

110

Receptionist

65

25

20

110

Advertising/Public Relations Manager

45

35

30

110

Legal Executive

35

20

55

110

Railway Engineer

50

40

20

105

GP Registrar

65

25

10

100

Coach (Other)

25

35

30

90

Director (Theatre)

40

15

35

90

Editor (TV)

35

35

20

90

Speech Therapist

35

35

20

90

Audiologist

30

20

35

85

Actor (TV)

20

35

25

80

Cricket Coach

25

25

25

80

Technician (Theatre)

40

20

20

80

Farm Worker

40

15

20

75

Attorney

30

25

20

75

Presenter

30

20

25

75

Boxer

30

25

20

70

Dietician

30

20

25

70

Investment Manager

30

15

20

70

Fish Packer - SBS

65

65

Insurance Broker

20

25

20

65

Motor Sports Driver

15

20

25

65

Technician (Music)

15

10

40

65

Bank Manager

20

20

25

65

Camera Person (TV/Film)

25

30

10

65

Psychologist

30

20

15

65

Chiropractor

25

25

10

60

Jockey

20

25

15

60

Kitchen Assistant - SBS

45

15

60

Acupuncturist

20

20

20

60

Polo Trainer

35

20

5

60

Photographer

20

20

15

55

Trimmer - SBS

55

55

Water Engineer

15

25

20

55

Treasurer/Financial Mgr

15

25

15

55

Meat Bone Breaker - SBS

55

55

Assistant Dentist

30

20

5

50

Speedway

15

15

15

50

Interpreter/Translator

20

15

10

50

Airline Pilot

10

20

15

45

Director TV

10

25

10

45

Ice Skater

10

20

15

45

Road Crew

10

15

20

45

It Architect (Senior)

15

20

10

40

Materials Engineer

15

15

10

40

Animal Gut Remover - SBS

30

30

Rail Engineer (Structural/Bridge)

10

15

5

30

Snooker Player

10

10

10

30

Dancer (Contemporary)

10

5

10

30

Food Service Op - SBS

30

30

Technician (TV)

5

15

10

30

Electronic and Opto-Elect

5

10

10

25

Producer (Music)

10

10

10

25

Composer

5

10

10

25

Captain

10

15

*

25

Cold Store Operative - SBS

25

25

Farm Manager

10

5

10

25

TV Consultant

5

5

10

25

Hockey Player

10

10

5

20

Stock Broker

5

10

5

20

Commentator

*

10

10

20

Director Music

5

5

5

20

Gymnasts Coach

10

5

5

20

Chick Sexer

5

15

*

20

Rail Engineer (Transport/Highway)

15

*

5

20

Martial Arts Coach

10

5

5

15

Racquet Sport Coach

10

5

*

15

Cleaner Of Premises - SBS

15

*

15

Waiting Staff - SBS

15

*

15

Circus Rigger

5

*

5

15

Editor (Music)

5

5

5

15

Rugby Union Coach

5

5

5

15

Water Sports Related Occupation

5

5

5

15

Helicopter Pilot

10

5

5

15

Meat Slaughterer - SBS

15

15

Chef (NVQ2 & Below) - SBS

15

15

Fitness Consultant

5

5

5

10

Production Accountant

5

*

5

10

Wrestler

5

5

5

10

Other Occupation-SBS (Gen)

10

10

Lairageman - SBS

10

10

Basketball Coach

5

5

*

10

Magician

5

5

5

10

Commodity Broker

*

5

5

10

Other Occupation-SBS (Fish)

10

10

Mc (Master Of Ceremonies)

5

*

10

Boxing Coach

5

5

*

5

Dental Anaesthetist

5

*

5

Not Stated

*

5

5

5

Chiropodist/Podiatrist

*

*

*

5

Bar Staff - SBS

5

*

5

Football Manager/Coach

*

*

5

Room Attendant - SBS

5

5

Rugby League Coach

*

*

5

Advocate

*

*

5

Hockey Coach

*

*

5

Martial Arts Performer

5

5

Racquet Sport Player

*

*

*

5

Assistant Optometrist

*

*

*

Gymnast

*

*

Ice Hockey Coach

*

*

*

Kirtan Performer

*

*

American Football Tech

*

*

Barrister

*

*

Other Occupation - SBS (Meat)

*

*

Reception Staff - SBS

*

*

Total

30,935

25,975

25,320

82,235

Notes:

Figures are rounded to nearest 5.

Because of rounding, figures may not add up to totals shown.

The figures quoted are not provided under National Statistics protocols and have been derived from local management information and are therefore provisional and subject to change. The occupational categories used are not compatible with those in the Standard Occupational Classification

Caveats:

The figures do not equate to the number of individual nationals who were granted permits because they include those applications approved to extend or amend an existing permit or where the individual has moved to another job with a different employer. Not all those who were granted a permit took up the job and some may have been refused entry clearance or further leave to remain.

House of Commons Commission

Security

To ask the hon. Member for North Devon, representing the House of Commons Commission how many (a) police officers of each rank and (b) civilian security staff (i) are and (ii) were employed on average in each year since 2001 in (A) the Palace of Westminster and (B) the Parliamentary estate. (261476)

We do not disclose the exact disposition of our security operation. The security work force is regularly reviewed by the Serjeant at Arms and Black Rod in consultation with the Joint Committee on Security.

International Development

Burma: Asylum

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what programmes his Department (a) has established and (b) funds to assist Rohingya refugees from Myanmar. (262740)

The Department for International Development (DFID) has not established any programmes or provided funding specifically to assist Rohingya refugees. We do, however, provide assistance to the refugees indirectly through our contributions to the European Commission and to United Nations organisations which have programmes to support Rohingya refugee camps in Bangladesh.

We are also helping to meet the humanitarian needs of Rohingya people living in Burma's northern Rakhine State through our contributions to multi-donor programmes which operate across the country. These include a UNICEF fund for primary education and the Three Diseases Fund which was set up to fight HIV/AIDS, malaria and TB in Burma.

Departmental Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development pursuant to the answer of 26 February 2009, Official Report, columns 1003-4W, on departmental manpower, whether the Department publicises staff numbers for country offices not assessed by the National Audit Office report of October 2008 as insecure; and if he will make a statement. (261435)

The Department for International Development (DFID) no longer publicises staff numbers for country offices, irrespective of whether they were assessed by the National Audit Office in October 2008.

Overseas Aid: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what assessment he has made of the likely effects of the recession on his Department's budgets for (a) bilateral and (b) multilateral assistance. (262741)

Plans for the Department for International Development's (DFID) bilateral and multilateral assistance over the three years 2008-09 to 2010-11 were published in May 2008 in DFID's 2008 annual report. Any revisions to those allocation plans in the light of the changed economic situation will be published in DFID's 2009 annual report.

Communities and Local Government

Agriculture: Planning Permission

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many planning applications have been granted on farmland in England classified as (a) grade 1 (excellent), (b) grade 2 (very good), (c) grade 3a (good), (d) grade 3b (moderate), (e) grade 4 (poor) and (f) grade 5 (very poor) in each of the last 10 years. (262115)

The information requested is not held centrally. Communities and Local Government collects quarterly summary statistics on development control from all local planning authorities in England. However, we do not collect information on individual planning applications.

Christmas

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether it is her Department’s policy to offer staff (a) additional leave entitlement for Christmas shopping and (b) Christmas bonus payments. (262808)

The Department does not have any policies regarding additional leave entitlement for Christmas shopping or Christmas bonus payments.

Community Relations

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the Answer of 16 December 2008, Official Report, columns 582-83W, on community relations, (1) what steps her Department has taken in response to the observations on page 6 of the report on the learning and development exercise issued by the Audit Commission and Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary; (262007)

(2) how many local authorities have selected National Indicator 35 as part of their local area agreements; and when local authorities are due to report on progress against that indicator in respect of work done under the Prevent strand of Project Contest in 2008.

In responding to the observations in the “Preventing Violent Extremism: Learning and Development Exercise” report relating to assessing success, my Department has responded by commissioning research from the Tavistock Institute and De Montfort University to investigate the national and international contributing factors to violent extremism. On 10 December 2008 the Secretary of State announced that we would be working to establish a national ‘centre of excellence’ that local areas can access for practical advice on Prevent; and we have published guidance produced jointly between Communities and Local Government, the Home Office and the Office for Public Management to assist local authorities and the police in reporting outcomes linked to National Indicator 35 (NI 35). Currently 19 local authorities have selected NI 35 as a priority indicator as part of their local area agreements. Progress against NI 35 for 2008-09 will be reported from April 2009.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the Answer of 16 December 2008, Official Report, columns 583-84W, on community relations, how many area-based grants have been made by her Department; which other departments have made area-based grants; and how much her Department has spent on area-based grants in each year since 2006. (262009)

Area Based Grant was introduced in April 2008 and is a single grant paid to local authorities. Details of all area based grant allocations made for 2008-09 and 2009-10 are available at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/localgovernment/localgovernmentfinance/areabasedgrant/

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to her Department's report Preventing violent extremism: next steps for communities, how much of the £80 million for community-led work to tackle violent extremism will be allocated to (a) national projects, (b) the Community Leadership Fund and (c) local authorities in (i) 2008-09, (ii) 2009-10 and (iii) 2010-11. (262477)

Our overall budget for this Comprehensive Spending Review period (2008-11) is £84.5 million (£20.5 million/£27.5 million/£36.5 million). Over the CSR period, £45 million of this funding will be paid through the area based grant to local authorities, and £5.1 million will be allocated through the community leadership fund.

The Department has budgeted to spend £8.5 million on Prevent related projects in the financial year 2008-09. The budget allocation split for the following two years 2009-11 has not yet been finalised, but we expect to support national projects in a number of areas including: theological understanding; building community resilience; engaging and empowering young Muslims and Muslim women; local partnerships and delivery; faith institutions; campaigns; and research and evaluation.

Community Relations: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) how the 79 priority local authorities provided with £12 million under the Prevent strand of Project Contest in 2008-09 were selected; how much each one received in 2008-09; and what mechanisms are in place to assess whether measures implemented by these local authorities are effective; (262122)

(2) how the priority local authorities selected to receive funding from the £33 million left to be distributed to priority local authorities under the Prevent strand of Project Contest for April 2008 to March 2011 were selected by her Department; how much each will receive; and what mechanisms are in place to assess whether measures implemented by these local authorities are effective.

Local authorities will be assessed from April 2008 using National Indicator 35 (NI35), and through the comprehensive area assessment which will begin in April 2009. Details of all area based grant allocations made from April 2008 to March 2011 are available at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/localgovernment/localgovernmentfinance/areabasedgrant/

The local authorities provided with Prevent funding over the period 2008-11 have been selected based on the size of their Muslim population. This is to enable them to work with those most vulnerable to violent extremism and to build the resilience in those communities where it is most needed.

Community Relations: Islam

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to the Answer of 5 February 2008, Official Report, columns 1425-6W, on community relations: Islam, whether the Young Muslim Advisory Group has been established for a fixed time period; and for how long she expects her Department to monitor the group’s progress. (262820)

The Young Muslim Advisory Group (YMAG) has been established for a period of two years, ending in September 2010. The YMAG’s progress will be monitored throughout this time by both the Department for Communities and Local Government and the Department for Children, Schools and Families.

Council Housing: Construction

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether local authorities which have transferred their housing stock to a housing association are permitted to build new council housing. (262514)

Local authorities which have transferred all their housing stock could build council housing if they consider that they have the necessary skills to develop, have resources available, and can do this efficiently and provide value for money.

Council Housing: Rents

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what (a) methodology and (b) formula is used to calculate changes in (i) council house rent and (ii) housing subsidy to each local authority area. (262162)

The methodology and formula used to calculate changes in council house rents, and housing subsidy for each local authority, are set out in the annual Housing Revenue Account (HRA) subsidy determination which is available on the Department’s website at

http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/housing/hrasubsidydeterminations0910

I have arranged for a copy of the 2009-10 determination to be placed in the Library of the House.

Council Housing: Tenants’ Rights

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what assessment she has made of the effect on a local authority tenants’ risk of eviction of the practice of including utility bills in rent for the purposes of claiming rent arrears; and if she will make a statement. (262547)

The Department has not made an assessment of whether the inclusion of utilities within rent payments may increase the risk of eviction. Tenancy agreements should make clear what services are included within the rent.

CLG have issued guidance which makes clear we expect social landlords to maintain and sustain tenancies wherever possible, focusing on preventative approaches rather than eviction. The basic principles underpinning effective arrears management are well established but in these difficult economic times they become even more important.

Council Tax

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if she will make it her policy to implement a council tax freeze in England. (262610)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what guidance she has issued to local authorities on the procedure to be followed in setting (a) a budget and (b) a council tax rate in circumstances where the council is unable to agree on a budget. (262683)

The Local Government Finance Act 1992 sets out provisions under which billing authorities are legally required to set their (a) budget requirement and (b) council tax rate for the financial year. Communities and Local Government does not provide guidance in situations where a council is unable to agree a budget.

Departmental Buildings

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to my hon. Friend the Member for Ilford North (Mr. Scott) of 26 January 2009, Official Report, column 106W, on departmental buildings, under what budgetary heading the expenditure referred to in the table was incurred in the most recent year for which audited figures are available; and in respect of which locations such expenditure was incurred. (262676)

The figures quoted in the table are in the consolidated 2007-08 Departmental Resource Accounts, published on 21 July 2008, and are included under the budgetary headings; Other Administration Costs, Other Expenditure, Accommodation shown in Note 9 (page 53) and Programme Costs, Other Expenditure, Accommodation shown in Note 10 (page 54). The expenditure was incurred in Central London, Bristol, Hemel Hempstead and Uttoxeter.

Departmental Data Protection

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what IT security strategy her Department has in place; what steps are being taken to ensure the strategy is being followed; what policy is in place on the use of encryption when data are sent externally; and what sanctions are in place for use should the policy not be followed. (259004)

Information is a key asset to Government and its correct handling is vital to the delivery of public services and to the integrity of HMG. The Security Policy Framework, the Data Handling Report and the National Information Assurance Strategy produced by the Cabinet Office provide a strategic framework for protecting information that Government handles and put in place a set of mandatory measures which Departments must adhere to.

The Department for Communities and Local Government is compliant with the security policies contained in the Government Security Policy Framework including those for information security and assurance.

Depending upon the circumstances, a range of sanctions are available including disciplinary or administrative action, and in extreme or persistent cases, termination of employment/services and, if appropriate, criminal proceedings.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether her Department uses WPA2 encryption protocol on all its wireless networks. (259705)

Communities and Local Government follows CESG guidance on the use of the Wi-Fi Protected Access 2 (WPA2) communications security protocols in order to protect wireless networks carrying protectively marked (up to RESTRICTED/IL3) traffic. The configuration and operation standards for WPA2 are set out in CESG’s Infosec Manual Y, Use of WPA2 Wireless Security in Government Systems.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what auditing her Department undertakes to ensure that IT security policies are being followed; and on how many occasions (a) IT security policies have been breached by employees and (b) a member of staff has been sanctioned for a breach of such policies in the last 12 months. (259706)

Compliance arrangements are in place comprising a system of self assessment, accreditation, assurance reporting, audit and review. Additionally, any security incidents are notified to the IT security manager and departmental IT security officer; and a monthly report is compiled by the service provider, Steria Ltd. These reports show that IT security policies have been broken by CLG employees on three occasions in the past 12 months. In each case the breach was of a minor nature and staff were advised accordingly. Regular daytime security checks are also carried out, to identify unattended PCs that may not have been locked; where these are found guidance has been issued to staff.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) if she will place in the Library a copy of her Department’s IT security hierarchy; (259707)

(2) what scanning for vulnerabilities her Department conducts of each of its IT devices; what method is used for IT device scans; and how many vulnerabilities have been detected as a result of such scans in the last 12 months.

It is not in the interest of the security of the Department, or that of the public, to disclose detailed information pertaining to electronic breaches of security of Department’s IT systems. Disclosing such information would enable criminals and those who would attempt to cause disruptive threats to the Department to deduce how to conduct attacks and therefore potentially enhance their capability to carry out such attacks.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to my hon. Friend the Member for Bromley and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) of 11 February 2009, Official Report, column 2063W, on departmental data protection, what dataset the Department has backed up in the United States. (262217)

The Public Inquiry Service Database is hosted in the USA and stores approximately 4,000 records.

Departmental Public Appointments

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what information her Department holds on the number of persons appointed to executive positions in bodies for which her Department has responsibility in the last five years who previously had careers in the banking industry. (261230)

The information requested is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Departmental Surveys

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much her Department spent on staff surveys in each of the last five years; and which company was contracted to conduct each such survey. (259680)

I refer the hon. Member to the answers given to the hon. Member for Upper Bann (David Simpson) on 26 June 2007, Official Report, column 631W, to the hon. Member for Fareham (Mr. Hoban) on 29 November 2007, Official Report, column 681W and to the right hon. Member for Maidenhead (Mrs. May) on 8 July 2008, Official Report, column 1500W. In addition, Ipsos MORI have been paid £16,520 plus VAT to date for the CLG Pulse Survey 2008. ORC International is currently undertaking a second pilot employee engagement survey as part of a wider survey being led by the Cabinet Office. No payments have been made to date. Cost information for the 2005 and 2006 ODPM surveys, which were also undertaken by ORC International, is not held in the format requested and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Empty Property

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many (a) private and (b) public sector domestic dwellings were empty in the most recent period for which figures are available. (262508)

Estimates of the number of private and public sector domestic empty dwellings, as at April 2008, are shown in the following table. The term public sector has been interpreted to mean “social rented” dwellings i.e. local authority and registered social landlord owned dwellings.

Number of vacant dwelling

Total vacant dwellings

762,640

Local authority

36,940

Registered social landlords

29,240

Private sector

696,450

Sources:

Council taxbase and council taxbase supplementary (CTB1 and CTB1S) returns from local authorities for 17 September 2007; housing strategy statistical appendix (HSSA) submitted to Communities and Local Government by local authorities for 1 April 2008; Regulatory statistical return (RSR) as reported to the Housing Corporation by registered social landlords for 31 March 2008.

Total vacant dwellings reported by local authorities through council taxbase returns include long term and short term empty dwellings and second homes. Figures for registered social landlords are for self-contained general needs units only. Estimates for private sector vacant dwellings have been made by deducting local authority and RSL vacant dwellings from the total. This estimate will include a small number of other public sector vacant dwellings.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what figures her Department collects on the number of vacant (a) private and (b) public sector homes in each local authority area. (262598)

Vacant stock at district level is collected from a variety of sources:

The number of local authority owned vacant dwellings and the number of ‘other public sector’ (other than local authority and RSL) vacant dwellings is obtained from the Housing Strategy Statistical Appendix (HSSA) and the HRA Business Planning Statistical Appendix (BPSA) submitted to CLG by local authorities.

The number of registered social landlords (RSLs) owned vacant dwellings is obtained from the Regulatory and Statistical Return (RSR) submitted to the Tenants Services Authority by RSLs.

An estimate of the number of private sector vacant dwellings is obtained by subtracting the number of local authority owned, RSL owned and ‘other public sector’ vacant dwellings from the total number of vacant dwellings obtained from council tax records submitted to CLG by local authorities on CTB1 and CTBS1 returns.

Figures on council tax vacants can be found at

http://www.local.communities.gov.uk/finance/stats/ctbase.htm,

and data on stock and vacants for local authorities and RSLs can be found at

http://www.communities.gov.uk/housing/housingresearch/housingstatistics/housingstatisticsby/stockincludingvacants/livetables/.

At regional level, additional information on the age, type and condition of vacant stock is available from the “English House Condition Survey” (EHCS).

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what information the National Register of Social Housing holds on the property characteristics of empty public sector dwellings. (262660)

The National Register of Social Housing collects the same data on vacant dwellings as it does on occupied dwellings. I refer the hon. Member to the answer given on 6 October 2008, Official Report, column 335W.

Faith Communities Capacity Building Fund

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government which organisations have received funding under the Faith Communities Capacity Building Fund to date; and what the (a) purpose and (b) monetary value of the grant was in each case. (262161)

The Faith Communities Capacity Building Fund was distributed over the three years 2004-05 to 2007-08, in two rounds of funding. I have placed in the Library a list showing each organisation that received funding, the amount awarded and the purpose.

The fund had two categories: capacity building and inter faith activity. The purpose of the capacity building category was to help build the organisational capabilities of faith-based organisations, enabling them to play a fuller part in civil society by engaging more effectively with public authorities. Capacity building for the large grants was subdivided into three categories: leadership and management; relationships with local, regional or national Government; and mentoring smaller faith organisations. The purpose of the inter faith category was to improve cohesion between different faith groups and the wider community, thereby bringing people of different faiths together to promote mutual understanding, respect and co-operation.

Fire Services: Contracts

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to my hon. Friend the Member for Ruislip-Northwood (Mr. Hurd) of 26 January 2009, Official Report, column 108W, on fire services: contracts, in what Government Office regions contracts have been signed for the regional fire control rooms; and in which Government Office regions and for what services contracts have not been signed. (262600)

All major contracts with third party suppliers have now been signed.

In eight out of the nine Government office regions, regional control centre buildings have been built and leases have been signed. Three of these leases (in the north east, East Midlands and north west regions) have been assigned to the local authority controlled companies which will operate them. It is intended to assign the remaining leases, currently held by my Department, to the relevant local authority controlled company in due course.

In London, where the building is on track to be completed by February 2010, it is intended that the lease will be held by the London Fire and Emergency Planning Authority.

The Facilities Management contract has been signed for all the buildings.

There is a single IT contract for FiReControl between my Department and EADS Defence and Security which covers all Government office regions.

Fire Services: Working Hours

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether the provisions of the EU Working Time Directive rules would apply to retained fire-fighters in the event of a fire service strike. (262240)

Yes. Those provisions include the right of individuals to opt out of the average weekly 48-hour limit on their working time.

Homebuy Scheme

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) which organisations participating in the Government’s Homebuy programme offer 100 per cent. mortgages to purchasers; and if she will make a statement; (262532)

(2) in which Homebuy schemes are potential homeowners permitted to seek a 100 per cent. mortgage.

The Government wish to offer every household the opportunity of sustainable home ownership. The Homebuy programme, which offers assistance on a shared ownership or shared equity basis, requires prospective purchasers to secure a mortgage from a conventional lender, registered with the Financial Services Authority, for their share of the purchase, which is less than 100 per cent. of the property value. It is for individual lenders to decide the level of mortgage they provide on this share.

Homelessness: Greater London

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the Answer to my hon. Friend the Member for Leeds North-West (Greg Mullholland) of 24 February 2009, Official Report, columns 545-56W, on homelessness, if she will provide figures equivalent to those in the table for each London borough; and if she will make a statement. (261665)

Information about English local housing authorities’ actions under the homelessness legislation (part 7 of the Housing Act 1996) is collected quarterly at local authority level. Data collected include the number of applicants accepted by local housing authorities as eligible for assistance, unintentionally homeless and in priority need, and therefore owed a main homelessness duty (to secure that suitable accommodation is available). These households are known as ‘accepted’ households.

In addition, some applicants may be found to be in priority need, but are not accepted as owed a main homelessness duty because they were found to be intentionally homeless. For these cases we do not hold the reason for priority need centrally.

Figures reported by each London local authority, for the last six month, 12 month and two year periods, are provided in a table which has been placed in the Library. These show the number of applicants who were: (a) assessed as being homeless and in priority need; of which those (b) accepted as owed a main homelessness duty; and of which those that were (c) vulnerable though (i) having served in HM forces, (ii) having been on remand or in custody, and (iii) being a former asylum seeker (since April 2000, asylum seekers have been ineligible for assistance under the homelessness legislation, with certain exceptions where an asylum claim had been made prior to 3 April 2000).

However, it is important to note that some applicants who had previously been in the HM forces, on remand or in custody, or are a former asylum seeker, may have been accepted with alternative primary priority needs (for example through having dependent children or being a pregnant woman) and so will not be shown as being priority need for these reasons.

Housing North West

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to Lord Greaves of 23 February 2009, Official Report, House of Lords, column 17WA, on Housing North West, in which other Government Office regions in England regional partnerships have been established. (261836)

None of the Government Office regions have regional housing partnerships similar to the North West, although there are regional partnerships in London and the West Midlands.

In London the Mayor has established the Mayor’s Housing Forum (MHF). The primary role of the MHF is to act as an advisory body to the Mayor in the development of the Mayor’s Housing Strategy and its implementation. It also aims to share information and develop ideas about key housing issues in London and to receive and consider key documentation on research, strategies and policy initiatives; and the relevant strategies of member organisations.

The MHF is chaired by the Mayor’s Office and the Greater London authority provides the secretariat. The MHF meets quarterly.

In the West Midlands there are a series of three interrelated voluntary partnerships, who work together to deliver on the housing agenda.

Strategic Advisory Panel, which provides a wide forum for planning, environment and housing policy issues to be debated.

Regional housing executive oversees the development and delivery of the regional housing strategy, and recommends investment in line with the regional housing strategy.

West Midlands Regional Housing Advisory Forum; this is an officer-led partnership group, which supports the activities of the regional housing executive.

The partnerships are all voluntary and receive no funding.

Housing: Construction

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the proposed targets are for the number of new dwellings to be built in the most recent draft of each regional spatial strategy; and over what period those targets apply in each case. (262239)

The following information provides by region the proposed targets for the number of new dwellings to be built annually in the most recent RSSs; and the plan period they cover.

North East

7,425 new dwellings per year until 2021

North West

23,111 new dwellings per year until 2021

Yorkshire and Humber

22,260 new dwellings per year until 2026

West Midlands

18,280 new dwellings per year until 2026

East Midlands

20,418 new dwellings per year until 2026

East of England

26,830 new dwellings per year until 2021

South West

20,200 new dwelling per year until 2016

South East

28,904 new dwellings per year until 2026

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what requirements there are on local authorities to complete strategic housing land availability assessments; and what the timetable for their completion is in each Government Office region. (262665)

Planning Policy Statement 3: Housing (PPS3) says that Local Development Documents and Regional Spatial Strategies should be informed by a robust, shared evidence base including a Strategic Housing Land Availability Assessment (SHLAA). The table has been deposited in the Library showing the latest information we have on when local authorities completed or expect to complete their SHLAA. This information was provided by local authorities in April 2008 to inform payments of the Housing and Planning Delivery Grant. The South East, South West and North West regions updated their information in February 2009. We will be updating all our information on the completion of SHLAAs within the next few months to inform the next round of the Housing and Planning Delivery Grant.

Affordable Housing

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much funding her Department has allocated for affordable housing in West Lancashire constituency in the next three years. (261971)

The Homes and Communities Agency has made allocations in the 2008-11 affordable housing programme of £3.016 million in West Lancashire. In addition £0.618 million has been allocated for Homebuy Direct.

Land: Databases

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government which public bodies will have access to (a) Ordnance Survey, (b) Landmark and (c) Dotted Eyes geographic data under the Pan-Government Agreement. (262690)

All members of the Pan-Government Agreement for geographic data will have access to products provided by both Ordnance Survey and the Landmark-Dotted Eyes consortium from 1 April 2009.

The 96 members will be:

4NW

Advantage West Midlands

Amgueddfa Cymru—National Museum Wales

Arts Council of Wales

Audit Commission

Boundary Commission for Wales

British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC)

British Geological Survey (BGS)

Potato Council Ltd.

British Waterways

Cabinet Office

Centre for Ecology and Hydrology (CEH)

Charity Commission

Church Commissioners

Coal Authority (The)

Commission for Rural Communities

Communities and Local Government

Consumer Council for Water

Consumer Focus

Countryside Council for Wales (CCW)

Crown Estate (The)

Defence Estates (DE)

Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform (DBERR)

Department for Children, Schools and Families

Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra)

Department for Transport (DfT)

Department for Work and Pensions (DWP)

Department of Health (DH)

East Midlands Development Agency (EMDA)

East Midlands Regional Assembly

East of England Development Agency

East of England Regional Assembly

Electoral Commission (The)

English Heritage

Homes and Communities Agency

Environment Agency (EA)

Food Standards Agency (The)

Forensic Intelligence Bureau

Forestry Commission

Government Offices Regional Coordination Unit (RCU)

Health and Safety Executive (HSE)

Health Protection Agency

Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs (HMRC)

Higher Education Funding Council for Wales

Highways Agency

Home Office

House of Commons Library

Information Centre for Health and Social Care

Joint Nature Conservation Committee (JNCC)

Land Registry

Local Government Boundary Commission for Wales

London Thames Gateway Development Corporation

Maritime and Coastguard Agency

Met Office

Ministry of Defence

Ministry of Justice

National Assembly for Wales Parliamentary Service

National Audit Office

National Housing and Planning Advice Unit

National Policing Improvement Agency (NPIA)

Natural England

NHS Connecting for Health

NHS Counter Fraud and Security Management Service

North East Regional Assembly

North West Regional Development Agency

Nuclear Decommissioning Authority (NDA)

Office for National Statistics (ONS)

Office of Communications (Ofcom)

Office of Government Commerce (OGC)

Oil and Pipelines Agency

Olympic Delivery Authority (ODA)

One North East

Planning Portal

Royal Commission on the Ancient and Historical Monuments of Wales (RCAHMW)

Royal Parks (The)

Serious Organised Crime Agency (SOCA)

South East England Development Agency (SEEDA)

South East England Regional Assembly

South West Observatory

South West Regional Assembly

South West Regional Development Agency (SWRDA)

Sport England

Sports Council for Wales

Tenant Services Authority

The National Library of Wales

Training and Development Agency for Schools

Tribunals Service

UK Border Agency

Valuation Office Agency (VOA)

Wales Audit Office

Wales Centre for Health (WCfH)

Welsh Assembly Government

Welsh Health Estates

West Midlands Regional Assembly

Yorkshire and Humber Assembly

Yorkshire Forward

Legal Opinion

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to my hon. Friend the Member for Welwyn Hatfield (Grant Shapps) of 29 January 2009, Official Report, column 641W, on legal opinion, on what topics external legal advice was commissioned in 2007-08. (262588)

External legal advice has been commissioned on the following topics;

Fire Control Project

Housing Mobility Project

General Minor Legal Expenses

Geographic Data Licensing Project

Firelink Project

Commission for Equality and Human Rights Setup Project

Fire Research Project

It Services Outsourcing Project

Planning Portal Project

Housing Information Pack Register Project

Land Registry Fees

Gypsy and Traveller Sites Grant Project

Green Flag Project

A detailed breakdown of this list could be achieved only at disproportionate cost.

Licensed Premises: Planning Permission

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if she will place in the Library a copy of the recent Planning Inspectorate ruling in relation to Brighton and Hove Council and patio heaters outside licensed premises. (262664)

A copy of the Inspector’s decision has been placed in the Library. It is also publicly available through the Planning Portal website:

www.planningportal.gov.uk

decision reference 2081980.

Local Government

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if she will place in the Library a copy of the presentation and handouts provided for the Strategy Unit seminar of 26 January 2009 by the chairman of the Tenant Services Authority on the subject “Where next for local government?” (262102)

The Strategy Unit seminar “Where next for local government?” is being rescheduled and new dates are yet to be confirmed. As the event is yet to be scheduled, the TSA have not prepared any materials for circulation. Further information about the Strategy Unit and their programme of seminars can be found on the Strategy Unit website at:

http://www.cabinetofiice.gov.uk/strategy.aspx

Local Government Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government when she plans to publish the consultation document on local spending reports under the Sustainable Communities Act 2007. (262093)

The consultation document on local spending reports was published on 20 February 2009. Copies have been placed in the Library of the House.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what guidance her Department has issued on the interest rate to be used when local authorities repay overpaid (a) fees, (b) charges and (c) taxes. (262517)

The basis for repayments of amounts overpaid in relation to fees and charges and to council tax is not set out in guidance issued by the Department.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many local authorities have met the Government's target to pay invoices within 10 days. (262659)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave the right hon. Member for East Yorkshire (Mr. Knight) on 12 January 2009, Official Report, column 242W.

Local Government: Bank Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if she will seek information from local authorities on advice they received from Butlers in relation to the depositing of funds in Icelandic banks. (261631)

Decisions on investment policy are a matter for individual authorities who must have regard to investment guidance issued by my Department.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to the Answer to my hon. Friend the Member for Brentwood (Mr. Pickles) and Ongar of 17 October 2008, Official Report, column 1577W, on local government: bank services, what information (a) her Department and (b) the Audit Commission received from (i) the Financial Services Authority, (ii) the Bank of England and (iii) HM Treasury on the level of risk associated with investment in Icelandic banks before October 2008. (261989)

On part (a), my Department did not receive, nor would we expect to have received, information from any source on the Icelandic banks. As the Department’s investment guidance, published in 2004, makes very clear investment decisions are a matter for the local authorities concerned,

On part (b) the Audit Commission has confirmed that it did not receive, nor would expect to receive, information from the sources named in the question regarding investments in Icelandic banks.

Local Government: Pay

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether local authorities are required to report the pay scales of senior council officers in their Statement of Accounts. (262534)

Local authorities are currently required to report the number of staff earning over £50,000 per annum in their annual accounts.

Local Government: Pensions

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if she will place in the Library a copy of all governance compliance statements and general governance statements requested from Local Government Pension Scheme administration authorities and held by the Workforce Pay and Pensions Division of her Department. (261755)

The Department does not at present hold copies of all of the governance statements. Once we have received all of the statements we will be publishing a report on our website. Copies can be obtained from each administering authority who are in any event required to publish them.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the name and address is of each administrator of each individual fund within the Local Government Pension Scheme; and which local authorities are members of each individual fund. (262375)

The pension manager of each fund is designated as the relevant administrator of each of the eighty-nine Local Government Pension Scheme funds in England and Wales. Contact details can be found at:

www.lge.gov.uk/lge/core.

Schedule 4, parts 1 and 2, of the Local Government Pension Scheme (Administration) Regulations 2008 set out the requirements on which individual fund, employers contribute to their respective pension funds. Details of these employers are not held centrally.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) which councillors are members of the Local Government Pension Scheme in their capacities as councillors; (262379)

(2) whether councillor members of joint waste authorities are eligible to join the Local Government Pension Scheme in their capacity as members of such authorities; and what powers such authorities have to admit them to membership.

Only elected members of a district council, county council or London borough council are defined as eligible members for the purpose of access to the Local Government Pension Scheme.

Decisions on access for councillors to the scheme are made by each local authority in the light of recommendations from its independent remuneration panel. There is no requirement to provide details to the Department of who has taken up any subsequent right of access.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what representations she has received from the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy on amendments to the Local Government Pension Scheme rules to allow greater discretion to local authority investment managers; and if she will make a statement. (262684)

A copy of CIPFA’s report “Local Government Pension Scheme Investment Regulations: Options for Change” was submitted to the Department on 27 January. The report will be treated as a response to the current statutory consultation exercise on the consolidation of the scheme’s investment regulations, which is due to close on 3 April 2009.

We will consider its recommendations carefully.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what representations she has received from the Local Government Association on the retirement age for the Local Government Pension Scheme; and if she will make a statement. (262685)

The Local Government Association recently expressed its support to see an increase in the scheme’s retirement age from 65, as part of a response made by the Local Government Employers to a statutory consultation exercise on proposals to introduce cost-share arrangements in the Local Government Pension Scheme later this year.

Mortgages

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to the right hon. Member for Oldham West and Royton (Mr. Meacher), of 12 February 2009, Official Report, column 2219W, on mortgages, how many and what proportion of mortgages were in each list house price to income ratio bracket in each year for which data are available. (262616)

This information is not collected by Communities and Local Government. However for the UK we have made the following estimates based on data from the Regulated Mortgage Survey and the Council of Mortgage Lenders.

Number of mortgages for house purchase by price to income ratio, UK

House price to income ratio

Less than or equal to 6

Greater than 6 but no more than 8

Greater than 8but no more than 10

Greater than 10

Total

1997

1,050,746

31,656

11,230

9,963

1,103,595

1998

1,030,377

35,115

11,600

11,179

1,088,271

1999

1,179,639

44,620

15,464

14,175

1,253,898

2000

1,043,624

47,181

16,815

15,341

1,122,960

2001

1,207,137

64,580

21,093

20,901

1,313,711

2002

1,249,509

89,449

30,076

27,761

1,396,795

2003

1,025,385

130,147

50,201

46,184

1,251,917

2004

935,632

174,841

71,398

62,931

1,244,801

2005

798,731

124,523

49,157

42,310

1,014,722

2006

924,932

120,789

42,352

37,937

1,126,010

2007

819,298

117,305

42,241

37,555

1,016,400

2008

410,779

62,897

22,513

20,111

516,300

Proportion of mortgages for house purchase by price to income ratio, UK

House price to income ratio

Less than or equal to 6

Greater than 6 but no more than 8

Greater than 8 but no more than 10

Greater than 10

Total

1997

95.2

2.9

1.0

0.9

100

1998

94.7

3.2

1.1

1.0

100

1999

94.1

3.6

1.2

1.1

100

2000

92.9

4.2

1.5

1.4

100

2001

91.9

4.9

1.6

1.6

100

2002

89.5

6.4

2.2

2.0

100

2003

81.9

10.4

4.0

3.7

100

2004

75.2

14.0

5.7

5.1

100

2005

78.7

12.3

4.8

4.2

100

2006

82.1

10.7

3.8

3.4

100

2007

80.6

11.5

4.2

3.7

100

2008

79.6

12.2

4.4

3.9

100

Source:

Regulated Mortgage Survey and Council of Mortgage Lenders

Mortgages: Government Assistance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate she has made of the cost to the public purse of the Homeowner Mortgage Support Scheme in each of the next two years. (261506)

We are currently working with lenders to agree the Master Guarantee for the Homeowner Mortgage Support Scheme, which we expect to be open for business with the first lenders in April. We will publish a full impact assessment when the Master Guarantee Deed has been finalised.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what progress has been made on the implementation of the Homeowner Mortgage Support Scheme; and if she will make a statement. (261599)

We are making good progress on the implementation of the Homeowner Mortgage Support scheme and expect the scheme to be open for business with the first lenders in April now that the Banking Act, which is the legislative vehicle we have used to enable us to do this, has gained Royal Assent (12 February). We are now working with a wider group of lenders to finalise the scheme implementation plans and agree the draft Master Guarantee.

Multiple Occupation: Fire Prevention

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what recent assessment she has made of the adequacy of enforcement of fire regulations in former guest houses and hotels in seaside towns which are now used as houses of multiple occupation. (263004)

The Department has worked closely with LACORS (Local Authority Co-ordinators of Regulatory Services), the Chartered Institute of Environmental Health and the Chief Fire Officers Association who published guidance on fire safety provisions for certain types of existing housing, including houses in multiple occupation. This can be found on the LACORS website:

www.lacors.gov.uk

The Department has commissioned an initial evaluation of the effectiveness of fire safety legislation, the Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order 2005. This includes the perspective of the responsible persons, the enforcing authorities and the fire industry. We will publish the outcome of this evaluation shortly and will put a copy in the House of Commons Library.

National Community Forum

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if she will place in the Library a copy of the minutes of each meeting of the National Community Forum’s board in the last 12 months. (262101)

In the past 12 months the National Community Forum has held three meetings. The meetings were held in April 2008 (quarterly meeting), October 2008(annual residential meeting) and January 2009 (sub-groups meeting). I have placed copies of the minutes in the Library.

Non-Domestic Rates: Business

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the Answer to my hon. Friend the Member for Bromley and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) of 20 January 2009, Official Report, column 1277W, on non-domestic rates: business, whether the business rate multiplier will be reduced in April 2010 if retail price index inflation in September 2009 is negative. (262035)

If the retail price index inflation in September 2009 is negative it will have a reducing impact on the multiplier for 2010-11.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what additional levy there is on top of the standard business rates bill in each business improvement district which has been established. (262037)

The Department does not collect this information, as businesses within the BID area decide on the amount of the levy and vote in a ballot on whether the scheme should go ahead. The size and calculation of the BID levy varies widely between BIDs. The levy is collected by the billing authority and held in a separate BIDs Revenue Account where it is ring-fenced and can only be used for the BID.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much she estimates will be raised from business rates in (a) England and (b) Wales in (i) 2007-08, (ii) 2008-09 and (iii) 2009-10. (262608)

For England, I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave the hon. Member for Bromley and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) on 19 January 2009, Official Report, column 1081W.

Business rates in Wales are the responsibility of the Welsh Assembly Government.

Non-Domestic Rates: Empty Property

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to the Answer to my hon. Friend the Member for Brentwood and Ongar (Mr. Pickles) of 3 November 2008, Official Report, column 132W, on small business: tax allowances, whether empty property below the appropriate rateable value threshold is automatically billed at the small business rate multiplier rate. (261835)

Non-Domestic Rates: Greater London

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to my hon. Friend the Member for Bromley and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) of 14 January 2009, Official Report, column 1278W, on non-domestic rates: Greater London, when such sub-location codes were first used in a rates revaluation. (262156)

Non-Domestic Rates: Ports

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what assessment has been made of the effect of changes to business rates in ports on (a) yacht clubs and (b) fishing companies located within the curtilages of ports. (261994)

There has not been a specific assessment of the impact of the review of business rates in ports on yacht clubs or fishing companies.

Non-Domestic Rates: Valuation

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what each of the classifications is of the codes used by the Valuation Office Agency to group properties for sub-locations. (262036)

There is no classification of the codes used by the VOA to group properties for sub-locations. The sub-location codes are simply unique labels for a particular category of property having similar characteristics.

Owner Occupation

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many householders were owner occupiers owning their home (a) outright and (b) with a mortgage in each of the last 30 years. (262604)

The information requested is not readily available for the United Kingdom.

Estimates of the number of owner occupying households in England who were (a) outright owners and (b) buying with a mortgage are set out in the following table. Estimates are available for 1981, 1984, 1988 and all years from 1991 onwards.

Households in owner occupation: England 1981–2008

Thousands of households

Owner occupiers

Own outright

Buying with a mortgage

All owner occupiers

1981

4,313

5,546

9,860

1984

4,590

6,399

10,990

1988

4,834

7,414

12,248

1991

4,795

8,255

13,050

1992

4,815

8,255

13,069

1993

4,898

8,382

13,280

1994

5,008

8,421

13,429

1995

4,998

8,468

13,467

1996

5,115

8,407

13,521

1997

5,249

8,380

13,629

1998

5,404

8,413

13,817

1999

5,582

8,508

14,091

2000

5,764

8,575

14,339

2001

5,885

8,473

14,358

2002

6,019

8,540

14,559

2003

6,158

8,542

14,701

2004

6,288

8,389

14,677

2005

6,352

8,440

14,791

2006

6,425

8,365

14,790

2007

6,505

8,228

14,733

2008

6,653

7,975

14,628

Sources:

1981 to 1991: DOE Labour Force Survey Housing Trailer

1992 to 2008: ONS Labour Force Survey.

Planning Permission

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what guidance her Department has provided to local authorities on (a) predetermination and (b) predisposition in respect of planning decisions. (262372)

Every local authority is required to adopt a code of conduct that sets out rules governing the behaviour of its members. The Standards Board for England, sponsored by Communities and Local Government, is responsible for promoting and improving the ethical behaviour of local authorities and their members. It publishes a range of guidance documents to help local authorities and their members interpret the code of conduct, including the revised “Code of Conduct—A Guide for Members”, published in May 2007. In August 2007, the Board published an Occasional Paper, “Predisposition, Pre-determination and the Code”, to help clarify the issues of predetermination and bias.

In October 2008, Communities and Local Government issued “Guidance on Planning and Propriety Issues”, which deals with the propriety issues that can arise in connection with the Secretary of State exercising decision-making functions under the Town and Country Planning Acts.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what changes have been made to the period before expiry of planning permissions since 1997; and what representations her Department has received on extending this period in the last six months. (262382)

Since 2005, under a provision in the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004, the default period for the implementation of a planning permission has been three years. The Act also amended primary legislation so that a planning permission could no longer be extended by an application to vary a condition. The Department has received representations in the last six months on extending the period before the expiry of planning permissions from the Local Government Association, the Confederation of British Industry and the British Property Federation.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what use her Department and its predecessors have made of special development orders since May 1997. (262603)

There have been two special development orders made in England since 1997. These were the Town and Country Planning (London Borough of Camden) Special Development Order 2004 (SI 2004/1231) and the Town and Country Planning (London Borough of Camden) Special Development (Amendment) Order 2004 (SI 2004/2355). The first order made provision for publicity for some planning applications (within the designated area) to be advertised on the internet. The amending order made an alteration as to compliance within the 21 day period for the display of notices, where notices are removed, obscured or defaced.

Planning Permission: Fees and Charges

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government for what reasons the construction of fishing lakes is classified as mineral extraction for the purposes of planning fees and charges. (262145)

Where the proposed fishing lake to be constructed is part of an aftercare condition attached to a permission for mineral extraction, a planning application fee would be charged under Category 9 (a) (fees category for mineral extraction) of Schedule 1, Part 2 of the Town and Country Planning (Fees for Applications and Deemed Applications (Amendment) (England) Regulations 2008). The mineral planning authority may also charge a fee for site visits to monitor the mineral permission during the aftercare period.

Queen Elizabeth II Conference Centre

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what consideration she has given to the sale to the private sector of the Queen Elizabeth II Conference Centre; and if she will make a statement. (262321)

As was announced in the November 2008 pre-Budget report, Ministers concluded that there was no public policy rationale for the Queen Elizabeth II Conference Centre to remain in Government ownership. Alternatives to public ownership are under consideration, and an update will be provided in the 2009 Budget report.

Recycling

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether recyclable materials collected from street recycling bins are counted towards local authorities' national indicator set recycling figures and targets. (262657)

Yes. National Indicator 192—Percentage of household waste sent for reuse, recycling and composting—does include materials collected from street recycling bins. Full definitions of the National Indicator set are set out in the “National Indicators for Local Authorities and Local Authority Partnerships: Handbook of Definitions”, available on the CLG website at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/localgovernment/finalnationalindicators

Rented Housing

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) what plans she has to bring forward legislative proposals to enact the provisions included in the Law Commission’s Rented Homes Bill; (262721)

(2) what her policy is on the alignment of tenancy terms proposed by the Law Commission.

The proposals in the Law Commission’s Rented Homes Bill were considered as part of the Review of the Private Rented Sector which we commissioned Julie Rugg and David Rhodes to carry out last year. We will be responding formally to the review in the spring. That response will incorporate our response to the Law Commission’s recommendations, including their proposals on the alignment of tenancy terms.

Rented Housing: Rent Deposit Schemes

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many local housing authorities run rent deposit schemes; and if she will make a statement. (262509)

We do not have official figures on the number of local housing authorities who run rent deposit schemes. However, in 2007 Communities and Local Government published a homelessness prevention survey submitted by 301 local authorities, representing 85 per cent. of the total. 201 authorities reported that they had rent deposit schemes in place and a further 45 authorities reported that they were planning to have rent deposit schemes in place. This shows that private rented accommodation is an effective housing option for preventing homelessness and provides a viable alternative to social housing.

The Government take all aspects of homelessness very seriously. We have allocated over £200 million to local authorities and voluntary organisations over the next three years (2008-11) to tackle and prevent homelessness in their area effectively. This is the biggest ever cash injection for homelessness services. Local organisations decide, based on local circumstances, how to use those resources to prevent homelessness.

Social Rented Housing

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what proportion of all social home lettings were made to people other than homeless applicants in (a) each region and (b) each London local authority area were in each year since 2000-01. (259758)

Information about lettings to local authority landlords is collected via the Housing Strategy Statistical Appendix (HSSA). Estimates of lettings made to people ‘other than homeless applicants’ have been calculated using the total number of all local authority lettings made to both new and existing social housing tenants (but excluding mutual exchanges) less the number of lettings made to households owed the main homelessness duty (section 193(2) of the Housing Act 1996).

Table 1 shows the percentage of all local authority lettings made to households who were not owed the main homelessness duty for each region from 2000-01 to 2007-08.

Table 1: Percentage of all lettings by LA landlords made to applicants other than those owed the main homelessness duty (by region)

2000-01

2001-02

2002-03

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

North East

90.7

88.8

87.1

80.6

79.7

83.1

83.9

85.7

North West

89.7

88.3

85.4

84.7

78.3

76.9

78.7

82.5

Yorkshire and the Humber

87.0

86.1

80.5

75.0

74.8

77.7

79.9

71.8

East Midlands

85.2

82.3

81.3

81.2

78.7

82.5

83.1

83.7

West Midlands

81.1

76.5

73.5

68.5

70.1

74.3

74.7

74.6

East of England

74.6

69.5

65.1

76.9

77.0

80.1

80.7

82.2

London

53.4

50.2

51.1

60.6

61.7

64.8

68.3

67.7

South East

67.3

62.6

62.9

79.0

77.6

80.1

81.5

79.9

South West

71.0

67.4

63.4

69.3

73.7

71.5

77.8

84.0

England

79.9

77.1

74.3

75.2

74.1

76.4

78.2

78.2

Notes:

1. The denominator ‘all lettings’ includes lets made to both new and existing social housing tenants, but excludes mutual exchanges.

2. The figures include general needs and supported housing lets.

Source:

Housing Strategy Statistical Appendix, derived from reported data from local authorities.

Table 2 shows the percentage of all local authority lettings made to households who were not owed the main homelessness duty for each local authority in London from 2000-01 to 2007-08.

Table 2: Percentage of all lettings by LA landlords made to applicants other than those owed the main homelessness duty (by London local authority)

2000-01

2001-02

2002-03

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

Barking and Dagenham

86.7

76.8

69.3

76.6

65.1

95.4

91.3

84.3

Barnet

36.7

34.2

27.3

62.8

70.7

76.8

78.9

65.8

Bexley

Brent

46.7

34.2

46.0

51.0

58.2

44.1

54.4

53.9

Bromley

Camden

62.0

64.0

49.8

63.0

61.6

62.5

79.6

85.9

City of London

91.1

93.6

87.4

94.4

90.9

93.1

92.2

95.3

Croydon

18.5

26.2

60.0

83.6

82.5

86.3

83.7

75.6

Ealing

48.2

47.5

43.8

43.4

63.0

55.5

55.4

56.2

Enfield

61.4

50.8

48.4

51.5

53.7

54.8

51.6

57.7

Greenwich

55.3

62.8

63.2

59.7

64.3

67.4

70.6

74.1

Hackney

67.7

39.2

38.2

52.3

54.2

57.7

58.2

41.2

Hammersmith and Fulham

63.0

48.4

44.0

62.6

65.9

75.1

60.0

57.5

Haringey

30.3

75.8

66.2

60.6

57.1

52.7

70.6

54.9

Harrow

45.9

61.6

61.9

63.8

67.1

69.0

63.9

59.8

Havering

100.0

77.1

78.3

99.5

72.0

91.1

50.4

99.3

Hillingdon

42.1

68.2

45.7

53.2

65.2

73.9

64.5

74.8

Hounslow

50.8

42.7

54.0

47.4

37.3

52.4

56.3

57.7

Islington

44.8

43.9

43.6

40.9

51.9

61.4

61.8

64.1

Kensington and Chelsea

62.4

73.1

62.5

66.5

60.9

54.6

80.5

57.9

Kingston upon Thames

53.4

43.3

42.0

48.0

49.0

56.3

59.9

57.9

Lambeth

52.6

34.7

34.6

42.1

40.3

32.8

45.2

58.5

Lewisham

70.1

65.2

58.1

58.9

53.7

77.1

84.2

58.2

Merton

85.3

78.3

77.3

73.1

66.6

70.0

85.4

94.9

Newham

38.4

33.9

61.8

85.6

87.3

82.2

79.6

77.1

Redbridge

58.7

66.6

63.2

71.5

81.2

80.3

68.5

73.7

Richmond upon Thames

45.3

Southwark

53.6

37.4

41.3

47.0

51.5

61.4

76.6

80.6

Sutton

35.9

39.0

43.2

91.0

83.0

77.4

81.7

80.0

Tower Hamlets

39.3

34.8

39.1

67.5

73.6

41.7

66.0

67.0

Waltham Forest

34.8

33.7

32.6

52.0

62.9

54.8

46.1

50.9

Wandsworth

56.7

50.3

59.3

63.2

63.5

60.4

40.8

44.3

Westminster

45.1

43.2

51.6

43.3

51.3

50.2

63.5

56.2

London

53.4

50.2

51.1

60.6

61.7

64.8

68.3

67.7

‘—’ Indicates no local authority lettings were made due to local authority having undergone a large scale voluntary transfer (LSVT).

Notes:

1. The denominator ‘all lettings’ includes lets made to both new and existing social housing tenants, but excludes mutual exchanges.

2. The figures include general needs and supported housing lets.

Source:

Housing Strategy Statistical Appendix, derived from reported data from local authorities.

Information about lettings to registered social landlords (RSLs) is collected through the Continuous Recordings of Lettings (CORE) system. Estimates of lettings to people ‘other than homeless applicants’ have been calculated using the total number of all registered social landlord lettings made to both new and existing social housing tenants less the number of lettings recorded as being made to households owed the main homelessness duty (section 193(2) of the Housing Act 1996) and who were recorded as having been referred or nominated by a local authority.

Table 3 shows the percentage of all registered social landlord lettings made to households who were not owed the main homelessness duty for each region from 2000-01 to 2007-08.

Table 3: Percentage of all lettings by RSLs made to applicants other than those owed the main homelessness duty (by region)

2000-01

2001-02

2002-03

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

North East

96.6

96.8

94.5

92.5

92.1

91.1

91.1

88.8

North West

95.3

94.6

95.2

93.9

93.3

91.9

91.4

91.5

Yorkshire and the Humber

95.1

95.3

94.7

95.1

94.3

93.0

92.5

90.9

East Midlands

93.8

93.3

92.2

90.1

91.6

89.6

88.7

88.6

West Midlands

93.8

92.5

91.6

89.8

88.0

89.0

89.6

89.3

East of England

90.6

88.9

86.1

84.1

85.5

84.1

83.1

84.8

London

85.5

85.5

84.9

84.5

84.9

84.6

82.1

81.8

South East

86.6

85.8

85.0

83.7

85.9

85.7

85.4

85.4

South West

85.1

84.4

84.0

82.0

83.2

83.3

83.9

82.5

England

91.1

90.6

89.9

88.6

88.6

88.1

87.6

87.3

Notes:

1. The denominator ‘all lettings’ includes lets made to both new and existing social housing tenants.

2. RSLs with less than 250 units are not required to complete CORE returns.

3. The figures include general needs and supported housing lets.

Source:

CORE

Table 4 shows the percentage of all registered social landlord lettings made to households who were not owed the main homelessness duty, for each local authority in London from 2000-01 to 2007-08.

Table 4: Percentage of all lettings by RSLs made to applicants other than those owed the main homelessness duty (by London local authority)

2000-01

2001-02

2002-03

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

Barking and Dagenham

95.0

97.1

96.5

96.1

94.2

75.5

89.0

85.1

Barnet

85.7

83.0

80.5

83.2

88.3

91.1

85.4

78.9

Bexley

77.7

74.8

76.9

80.0

80.9

87.5

82.7

87.3

Brent

83.2

82.6

72.5

78.6

84.8

83.9

81.9

76.8

Bromley

54.1

62.9

58.0

61.2

55.6

62.4

71.3

61.7

Camden

95.6

96.1

97.0

93.4

94.3

92.6

94.6

92.4

City of London

100.0

100.0

97.3

94.7

100.0

100.0

97.5

98.1

Croydon

85.0

84.8

79.0

81.6

86.3

84.1

83.2

83.8

Ealing

83.9

82.9

79.5

71.7

79.3

65.8

62.3

67.9

Enfield

76.0

82.5

75.3

86.1

87.1

85.6

71.6

63.4

Greenwich

94.5

93.0

93.8

93.8

93.4

93.7

88.4

92.6

Hackney

86.4

89.2

87.9

89.3

86.7

88.5

84.0

87.5

Hammersmith and Fulham

90.9

90.3

88.2

84.3

83.6

88.3

76.2

77.4

Haringey

79.6

74.0

76.9

76.9

86.2

84.4

72.3

73.7

Harrow

73.3

65.5

78.5

58.4

69.8

63.5

76.1

77.3

Havering

94.9

93.5

95.8

95.1

84.5

98.3

94.4

91.0

Hillingdon

69.9

70.5

77.4

81.8

76.6

73.5

76.6

74.1

Hounslow

68.0

80.0

77.3

76.4

74.6

80.1

74.3

71.0

Islington

91.3

89.7

87.5

86.0

90.5

92.4

85.1

85.8

Kensington and Chelsea

89.7

89.0

88.3

80.5

82.3

86.4

75.2

81.0

Kingston upon Thames

63.8

78.2

71.3

83.8

71.0

76.0

72.3

66.0

Lambeth

92.5

84.6

86.3

84.0

87.4

87.1

86.7

84.3

Lewisham

89.0

92.1

91.0

90.8

90.9

81.7

88.5

85.1

Merton

88.6

90.8

89.6

89.2

79.2

83.1

87.4

90.2

Newham

89.6

89.7

88.3

92.1

92.9

92.8

90.2

86.4

Redbridge

80.1

86.9

89.4

85.1

94.3

96.1

87.7

89.9

Richmond upon Thames

70.5

70.5

72.4

71.5

65.9

65.3

66.0

64.0

Southwark

90.3

84.1

90.5

85.7

85.1

84.1

80.8

84.8

Sutton

83.1

81.8

79.9

88.4

85.7

83.0

80.5

80.2

Tower Hamlets

91.8

90.1

90.9

91.6

87.4

85.6

80.8

82.5

Waltham Forest

89.1

78.5

82.9

84.6

90.5

90.8

73.4

78.0

Wandsworth

91.7

91.0

86.1

86.6

85.6

87.8

81.1

81.8

Westminster

89.7

92.5

94.3

92.5

93.7

91.2

94.2

91.1

London

85.5

85.5

84.9

84.5

84.9

84.6

82.1

81.8

Notes:

1. The denominator ‘all lettings’ includes lets made to both new and existing social housing tenants.

2. RSLs with less than 250 units are not required to complete CORE returns.

3. The figures include general needs and supported housing lets.

Source:

CORE

Social Rented Housing: Standards

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what space standards (a) local authorities and (b) housing associations are required to follow when (i) building and (ii) purchasing new dwellings for social tenants. (262661)

The Government have no specific existing policy on the application of dwelling space standards for private sector homes. However, the Government’s Planning Policy Statement 3: “Housing” (PPS3) is clear on the need to achieve high quality new housing, including promoting designs and layouts which make efficient use of land, encouraging innovative approaches to help deliver high quality outcomes, and contribute positively to making places better for people.

The Government’s new delivery body, the Homes and Communities Agency (HCA) is currently reviewing the benchmarks for high quality urban design, construction and environmental sustainability, including any space standards for new homes funded by the public sector.

In the meantime the HCA is continuing to operate under the regimes set in place by the Housing Corporation and English Partnerships, whereby (i) Design and Quality Strategy and Standards set out the Housing Corporation’s requirements and recommendations for all housing projects which received Social Housing Grant, and (ii) Housing Quality Indicators set out English Partnership's requirements, both of which included a space standard.

Where local authorities build or acquire homes with funding from the HCA they are expected to meet the relevant conditions of the grant, and compliance with development standards is one of these.

Where HCA are purchasing stock from developers from the £200 million earmarked for this purpose, the Government have agreed that they may be flexible on design and quality standards to help house builders maintain housing production through the current difficult market conditions.

Sustainable Development

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to her Department's consultation paper on the Sustainable Communities Act 2007 whether she plans to extend local spending reports to include information on relevant executive agencies and non-departmental public bodies. (262155)

On 20 February 2009, the Government launched a consultation on the Sustainable Communities Act 2007: Local spending reports. In this consultation, the Department is seeking views on proposals for putting in place the first arrangements for local spending reports including which bodies, expenditure, spatial level and period should be covered by the reports, and also how the reports might develop over time. The consultation on the first arrangements closes on Friday 3 April, and on Friday 15 May for how the reports should be developed over time.

Copies of the consultation document have been placed in the Library of the House.

Travelling People

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if she will place in the Library a copy of Preparing Regional Spatial Strategy Reviews on Gypsies and Travellers. (262518)

I have today placed a copy of the guidance document “Preparing Regional Spatial Strategy Reviews on Gypsies and Travellers provided by regional planning bodies” in the Library of the House.

Travelling People: Plymouth

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government by what date her Department has required Plymouth City Council to provide permanent sites for Travellers; and if she will make a statement. (259685)

The Secretary of State published for consultation proposed changes to the regional spatial strategy for the south-west on 22 July 2008. This set out a requirement for 40 additional residential pitches and 15 additional transit pitches in Plymouth. Responses to those proposed changes are being considered. The final regional spatial strategy, setting out the number of pitches required will be published later this year.

Urban Areas: Regeneration

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) what timetable she has set for the revision of Planning Policy Statement 6 on town centre planning; (262595)

(2) what the status of the proposed changes is to Planning Policy Statement 6, on planning for town centres; and when she plans to publish the results of the July 2008 consultation.

The proposed changes to Planning Policy Statement 6: Planning for Town Centres are currently in draft form. A revised version of the policy will be published later this spring.

A summary of the responses to the July 2008 consultation was published on the Department’s website on 4 February 2009. The information is available at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/planningandbuilding/pdf/pps6responses.pdf

Valuation Office: Rightmove

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to my hon. Friend the Member for Brentwood and Ongar (Mr. Pickles) of 2 February 2009, Official Report, column 974W, on the Valuation Office: Rightmove, which estate agent industry sources other than Rightmove are routinely used by the Valuation Office Agency. (262542)

The Valuation Office Agency makes use of a range of freely available sources of information from the estate agent industry across England (and Wales). A full list could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Health

Autism: Hertfordshire

To ask the Secretary of State for Health how many (a) schoolchildren and (b) adults have autism in (i) Hemel Hempstead and (ii) Hertfordshire; and if he will make a statement. (260941)

Broomfield Hospital: Cancer

To ask the Secretary of State for Health how many people were treated for cancer at Broomfield Hospital, Chelmsford in 2007. (261765)

Broomfield Hospital: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what resources will be allocated to Broomfield Hospital, Chelmsford following the Government’s recent announcement of extra staff to tackle hospital infections. (261772)

The information requested is not held centrally. The comprehensive spending review (CSR) funding settlement includes £270 million per year by 2010-11 to tackle healthcare associated infections (HCAIs). In 2008-09, the additional funding is reflected in the 5.5 per cent., increase in primary care trust (PCT) allocations and the 2.3 per cent. uplift to the national tariff (the latter specifically recognising the importance of tackling HCAIs and improving cleanliness).

The additional funding is not ring fenced, but rather is reflected in the 5.5 per cent., increase to PCT revenue allocations in 2008-09. In addition, the national tariff uplift for 2008-09 has an element that specifically recognises the importance of tackling infections and improving cleanliness. This means that all national health service organisations can afford to make significant investment and continue to make progress.

Some of the funding will be spent on implementing national policy—such as the requirement for all relevant elective patients to be screened for methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) from April 2009 and for emergency admissions as soon as possible within the next three years.

Other areas where additional funding can be invested will be left to local discretion, but “clean, safe care” guides the local NHS as to areas where this will have the most impact—such as investing in specialist staff. The Government’s CSR settlement allows for up to £45 million for this purpose, which could for example deliver two infection control nurses, one pharmacist and two nurses to care for patients in isolation, alongside additional infection control nurses in every community. As there is a shortage of trained staff in some areas, trusts may want to recruit to posts in infection control teams and train up additional infection control nurses.

Dental Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Health how many (a) children aged five and under, (b) children aged 18 and under and (c) persons aged 18 years and over, in each primary care trust area, had one or more teeth removed under general anaesthetic in each of the last five years. (261486)

The exact information is not held centrally. Hospital Episode Statistics show the dental procedure carried out, but not whether a general anaesthetic was administered. However, dental treatment under general anaesthesia may only take place in a hospital setting that has a critical-care facility. It is therefore very likely, though not absolutely certain that a child admitted to hospital for extraction of teeth will have had general anaesthetic, and that was the reason for their admission to hospital. A table which contains the number of hospital episodes involving the extraction of teeth by age group and primary care trust has been placed in the Library.

To ask the Secretary of State for Health on what date he expects the conclusions of his Department’s independent review of NHS dentistry to be published. (262290)

I refer the hon. Member to the written answer I gave him on 24 February 2009, Official Report, column 661W.

To ask the Secretary of State for Health (1) what estimate he has made of the number of NHS dentists who routinely refer patients to an hygienist at additional cost following a dental check-up; and if he will make a statement; (262487)

(2) whether he expects the cost of a dental check-up with an NHS dentist to include (a) treatment by an hygienist and (b) a scale and polish; and if he will make a statement.

This information is not held centrally. National health service dental contracts require dentists to provide all proper clinically necessary dental care and treatment that the patient is willing to undergo. Which dental professional delivers the treatment is a clinical matter for the practice. A Band 1 course of treatment (diagnosis, treatment planning and maintenance) includes examination, diagnosis (for example x-rays), advice on how to prevent future problems, and scaling and polishing if clinically needed. Fee paying NHS patients will be charged £16.20 for a Band 1 course of treatment. Those exempt from NHS charges receive treatment without charge.

Patients who are assessed as not clinically needing a scale and polish are free to obtain it privately. As with any treatment if there is no clinical need for the patient to receive a scale and polish it is entirely appropriate that it is provided, if at all, outside the NHS.

Dental Services: Peterborough

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what the net funding allocation to the Peterborough Primary Care Trust for primary dental services was in each year since 1 April 2006; and if he will make a statement. (261903)

The primary dental service funding allocations made to Peterborough Primary Care Trust (PCT) for the three years 2006-07 to 2008-09 are in the following table. These are net of income from dental charges paid by patients, which are retained locally to supplement the resources available for dentistry. Actual expenditure levels are determined by the pattern and type of services commissioned by each PCT. PCTs may also dedicate some of their other national health service resources to dentistry if they consider this an appropriate local priority.

Primary dental service net funding allocations for Peterborough PCT

Allocation (£000)

2006-07

7,967

2007-08

8,324

2008-09

9,158

Notes:

1. The allocation figure for 2006-07 is the aggregate of the allocations made initially to the North and South Peterborough PCTs before they merged to form the Peterborough PCT with effect from 1 October 2006.

2. PCTs are awarded separate funding allocations to meet the cost of any dental vocational trainees who may be placed with dental practices in their area.

3. Full allocation details for all PCTs for 2009-10 will be confirmed shortly, but the allocation for Peterborough PCT will be reduced by a transfer of £467,000 to Cambridgeshire PCT in line with an agreement between the two PCTs on a more appropriate distribution of resources to reflect their respective cross border service responsibilities.

Diabetes

To ask the Secretary of State for Health (1) which primary care trusts have established policies on accepting clinical waste arising from the management of diabetes at GP surgeries; [R] (261395)

(2) what his Department’s policy is on the disposal of clinical waste arising from the management of diabetes; and if he will make a statement. [R]

Information about which primary care trusts have established policies on accepting diabetic clinical waste at general practitioner surgeries is not held centrally.

The Department published “Health Technical Memorandum 07-01: Safe management of healthcare waste” (copies of which have been placed the Library) to give clarification and advice to community healthcare professionals involved in the care of self-medicating patients, such as people with diabetes. It includes:

“Self-medicating patients and sharps disposal

19. Where the householder is a self-medicating patient who uses injectables (for example a person with diabetes) with no healthcare worker involved in the administration, the GP or healthcare worker should prescribe the householder the appropriate container (for example a sharps box) and advise them of local disposal options.”

Drugs: Rehabilitation

To ask the Secretary of State for Health (1) how many residential drug treatment places his Department funds; and what the average waiting time for a place in such a setting is; (262735)

(2) how many residential drug treatment places his Department plans to fund in (a) 2010 and (b) 2011.

The Department does not directly fund any residential rehabilitation. Decisions on how many residential drug treatment places to fund are made by local commissioning partnerships based on assessed local need and individually assessed client need. This information is not available centrally.

However, the national drug treatment monitoring system (NDTMS), managed by the National Treatment Agency for Substance Misuse (NTA), does collect data on the number of individuals receiving residential treatment. Latest figures show that in 2007-08, 4,306 adults were recorded in residential rehabilitation and 6,742 adults received in-patient services in hospital.

It is important to note that there is known under-reporting of referral data to the NDTMS, and so any figures regarding this sector are likely to be an under estimate of activity. As such, the data the NTA collects through the NDTMS is not a complete or accurate picture.

Waiting times data for residential drug treatment places has been supplied previously and I refer my hon. Friend to the answer I gave him on 5 March 2009, Official Report, column 1765W.

Gynaecology

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what steps he is taking to increase (a) medical practitioners' and (b) public awareness of premature ovarian failure; and if he will make a statement. (260995)

Premature ovarian failure (also called premature or early menopause) is defined as the onset of menopause before the age of 45 and affects at most 1 per cent. of women.

The management of women with premature ovarian failure is part of the core curriculum for training of all gynaecologists. The Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists held a public meeting ‘Premature menopause - A Change too soon' on 3 November 2007.

The Daisy Network Premature Menopause Support Group supports and gives advice to women who have experienced premature menopause.

Heart Diseases

To ask the Secretary of State for Health how many men under the age of 35 years resident in (a) West Chelmsford constituency and (b) England had heart attacks in each of the last five years. (261766)

The following table provides data from the East of England strategic health authority (SHA) (which includes West Chelmsford constituency). We are unable to break the data down into individual constituencies. The East of England strategic health authority was formed in 2006-07 by a merger of Norfolk, Suffolk and Cambridgeshire; Essex; and Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire. Figures for 2003-04 to 2005-06 were calculated by summing these three together. It shows the number of males under the age of 35 years old who were admitted to hospital due to a heart attack:

Finished admission episodes

East of England SHA1

England

2007-08

47

348

2006-07

40

343

2005-06

48

369

2004-05

43

368

2003-04

37

335

1 Norfolk, Suffolk and Cambridgeshire; Essex; and Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire prior to 2006-07

Notes:

Finished admission episodes:

A finished admission episode is the first period of inpatient care under one consultant within one healthcare provider. Finished admission episodes are counted against the year in which the admission episode finishes. Admissions do not represent the number of inpatients, as a person may have more than one admission within the year.

Primary diagnosis:

The primary diagnosis is the first of up to 20 (14 from 2002-03 to 2006-07 and 7 prior to 2002-03) diagnosis fields in the Hospital Episode Statistics (HES) data set and provides the main reason why the patient was admitted to hospital.

The ICD-10 codes used to identify heart attacks are as follows:

I21—acute myocardial infarction

I22—subsequent myocardial infarction

Number of episodes in which the patient had a (named) primary diagnosis:

These figures represent the number of episodes where the diagnosis was recorded in the primary diagnosis field in a HES record.

Data quality:

HES are compiled from data sent by more than 300 national health service trusts and primary care trusts (PCTs) in England. Data are also received from a number of independent sector organisations for activity commissioned by the English NHS. The NHS information centre for health and social care liaises closely with these organisations to encourage submission of complete and valid data and seeks to minimise inaccuracies and the effect of missing and invalid via HES processes. While this brings about improvement over time, some shortcomings remain.

Source:

Hospital Episode Statistics (HES), the NHS information centre for health and social care.

Hospital Wards

To ask the Secretary of State for Health pursuant to the answer of 25 February 2009, Official Report, columns 874-5W, on hospital wards: gender, what milestones he has set between now and June for the project; and how he will assess the effects of the changes following their implementation. (260829)

A number of milestones have been agreed that relate both to the Department's programme plan for eliminating mixed sex accommodation and to the use of the associated ‘Privacy and Dignity' fund.

The milestones for the Privacy and Dignity fund are:

strategic health authority (SHA) plans will be submitted to the Department by 9 March 2009;

departmental ratification of the plans (which are to set out specific projects and timelines for improvements in the SHA regions) will take place in order to release the funds from 1 April 2009; and

local improvements and changes must be implemented by the end of June 2009.

SHAs will report to the Department every two weeks following the submission, and approval, of their local plans, confirming actions taken and variance from the planned milestones. The Department will also require a report from each SHA confirming the delivery of the plan by the beginning of July 2009.

Use of the privacy and dignity fund is likely to be informed by the requirement set out in the Operating Framework for the NHS 2009-10, that

“PCTs are expected to work with their local providers to deliver substantial and meaningful reductions in the number of patients who report that they share sleeping or sanitary accommodation with members of the opposite sex”.

PCTs are asked to ensure plans will be published by the end of March 2009.

The programme for eliminating mixed sex accommodation comprises four workstreams; to raise the focus, develop metrics assurance, facilitate spread of good practice and deliver targeted support. The key milestones themselves include:

establishment of an operations team and a broader programme governance infrastructure (February 2009);

compilation of a communications strategy (March 2009);

begin improvement team's engagement with trusts requiring support (March 2009)

publishing a root cause analysis toolkit for local use by the NHS (April 2009);

‘sharing good practice' event, (by end June 2009); and

phased handover of improvement activity to local health community arrangements (from June 2009 onwards).

The Department: will consider the outcome of inpatient surveys in assessing the success of these changes.

Malnutrition

To ask the Secretary of State for Health (1) pursuant to the answer of 26 February 2009, Official Report, column 1028W, on malnutrition, what the statistical margin of error would be if the General Practice Research Database sample were used to project a population-wide figure; (262545)

(2) how frequently the analysis referred to is undertaken; and if he will make a statement.

The General Practice Research Database (GPRD) is a collection of data from general practices selected to be as geographically demographically representative as possible of the UK. The age and gender distribution is similar to that as detailed by the Office for National Statistics on the basis of census data. GPRD practices are provided with recording guidelines against which data quality is monitored.

The GPRD contains records of patients recorded as suffering from malnutrition under a range of different terms, known as ‘Read Terms'. There are many thousands of Read codes in total, and 24 separate codes relating to malnutrition. This range of different codes is designed to allow the general practitioner (GP) to record the condition at different levels of specificity of disease. The Read code used is at the discretion of the GP and is based on their diagnosis of the patient's condition

The data as previously given are a reasonable population based estimate of the level of malnutrition, as recorded within primary care data, based upon the GPRD sample size.

The analysis undertaken to count the number of such cases, in the GPRD, is not done routinely. It was done in response to a specific request. The analysis could be repeated at any time in the future.

Maternity Services: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Health pursuant to the tariff uplift breakdown for 2009-10, published by his Department on 5 February 2009, under which headings the additional funding his Department has provided for maternity services is included. (262638)

I refer the hon. Member to the written answer I gave him on 3 March 2009, Official Report, column 1478W.

Mental Health Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what effect he expects the NHS Constitution will have on levels of access to National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence-approved psychological therapies; and if he will make a statement. (261980)

The NHS Constitution sets out that patients have the right to drugs and treatments that have been recommended by a National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) technology appraisal, if their doctor says they are clinically appropriate. This includes psychological therapies appraised by NICE. The right is underpinned by a statutory funding direction, in place since January 2002, which requires primary care trusts to make funding available for drugs and treatments recommended in a NICE technology appraisal, normally within three months of publication of the appraisal.

NHS: Lost Property

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what estimate he has made of the total cost of equipment (a) lost by and (b) stolen from the NHS in 2007-08. (262006)

NHS: Negligence

To ask the Secretary of State for Health how much was paid by the NHS Litigation Authority (NHSLA) to the 11 firms on the NHSLA panel for clinical cases for their services (a) on behalf of the NHSLA and (b) provided to claimants in each year since 1996-97. (262044)

The NHS Litigation Authority (NHSLA) panel solicitors do not provide services to claimants therefore the amount paid by the NHSLA for clinical cases for their services provided to claimants is zero.

Providing data specifically for panel solicitors or for years prior to 1999 would be at disproportionate cost because the information is not readily accessible. Additionally, it is difficult to compare using information prior to 2002-03 because excess levels were operated on schemes, which means the data held do not cover all claims.

However, the NHSLA has provided the following table. The NHSLA does not have defence costs recorded prior to 1999 due to a change in accounting systems. Additionally, the NHSLA only records data by year for overall defence costs, which include barrister and medical expert fees alongside panel solicitors’ fees.

NHSLA defence legal costs paid per year by scheme

£000

Clinical negligence scheme for trusts

Existing liabilities scheme

Ex-regional health authorities

Total clinical

1999-2000

2,166

22,435

691

25,292

2000-01

7,223

1185,651

765

193,639

2001-02

111,954

27,358

492

39,804

2002-03

35,919

21,905

398

58,222

2003-04

39,829

10,705

276

50,810

2004-05

40,016

12,206

206

52,428

2005-06

44,146

12,355

286

56,787

2006-07

43,334

10,162

244

53,740

2007-08

43,778

9,123

194

53,095

1 The NHSLA operated excess levels on two clinical schemes whereby trusts themselves handled and funded claims below the excess levels. The NHSLA does not hold data related to these claims. Excess levels for each of the two schemes were removed in the marked years and outstanding claims below excess were then fully funded by the schemes. These years therefore include reimbursement by the NHSLA of legal costs already paid by trusts against those claims. It will also include legal costs associated with solicitors not on the NHSLA’s panel because trusts were originally handling some of those claims themselves and will have appointed their own solicitors.

To ask the Secretary of State for Health how many clinical negligence cases were open on the NHS Litigation Authority database at the most recent date for which figures are available; and how many of them are being funded by (a) legal aid, (b) conditional fee agreements, (c) before the event insurance, (d) private means and (e) other means. (262745)

The information requested was obtained from the NHS Litigation Authority (NHSLA) and is provided in the following table. Claimants are not required to provide details of their funding arrangements, but the NHSLA records this where it is known.

Number of clinical negligence claims open as at 28 February 2009

Claimant funding

Total

Before the Event Insurance

847

Conditional Fee Arrangement

3,743

Legal Services Commission

4,697

Self-funded

798

Unknown

1,453

Grand total

11,538

To ask the Secretary of State for Health how many clinical negligence cases were brought in the last year for which figures are available; and how many of them were funded by (a) legal aid, (b) conditional fee agreements, (c) before the event insurance, (d) private means and (e) other means. (262746)

The information requested was obtained from the NHS Litigation Authority (NHSLA) and is provided in the following table. Claimants are not required to provide details of their funding arrangements, but the NHSLA records this where it is known.

Number of clinical negligence claims received in 2007-08 as at 28 February 2009

Claimant funding

Total

Before the Event Insurance

418

Conditional Fee Arrangement

1,896

Legal Services Commission

1,209

Self-funded

679

Unknown

1,014

Grand total

5,216

To ask the Secretary of State for Health how many clinical negligence cases were closed by the NHS Litigation Authority in the last year for which figures are available; how many of them were funded by (a) legal aid, (b) conditional fee agreements, (c) before the event insurance, (d) private means and (e) other means; and how many cases in each category of funding resulted in an award of damages or a settlement involving an agreement to pay damages. (262747)

The information requested was obtained from the NHS Litigation Authority (NHSLA) and is provided in the following table. Claimants are not required to provide details of their funding arrangements, but the NHSLA records this where it is known.

Number of clinical negligence claims closed in 2007-08 as at 28 February 2009

Claimant funding

Damages awarded

No damages

Grand total

Before the Event Insurance

287

91

378

Conditional Fee Arrangement

1,132

438

1,570

Legal Services Commission

1,133

803

1,936

Self-funded

425

286

711

Unknown

495

1,089

1,584

Grand total

3,472

2,707

6,179

NHS: Pensions

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what discretion is available to (a) Ministers and (b) pension scheme trustees in respect of the annual indexation for retired members of the (i) NHS Pension Scheme and (ii) New NHS Pension Scheme; and whether pension payments will fall should the retail price index inflation fall in the 12 month period to the end of September 2009. (262005)

Current Social Security legislation provides for public service pensions to be adjusted by the same rate as the State Second Pension, and for such adjustments to take place only if there has been an increase in prices over a given period.

NHS: Public Appointments

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what percentage of NHS trust chief executive officers appointed within the last three years (a) previously held other positions within the NHS, (b) previously worked elsewhere in the public sector and (c) held a position in the private sector immediately before their appointment. (260296)

NHS: Redundancy Pay

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what estimate he has made of the likely redundancy costs for each primary care trust (PCT) arising from the latest reorganisation of PCTs; and if he will make a statement. (259949)

Unfortunately the information does not exist in the format requested.

The Department collected data on the value of redundancies and early retirements due to primary care trust (PCT) reorganisation in 2006-07, but we cannot separate the redundancy element from these figures. However, the Department did collect these costs separately in 2007-08.

The information that the Department has collected is shown in the following table. Other restructuring costs include early retirement costs as well as other costs arising from the restructuring process.

The PCT reconfiguration programme was undertaken to help to improve relationships between health care and local authorities by bringing their boundaries closer together and to make savings to the local national health service by reducing management costs. These savings will be reinvested in front line services.

£000

Name

2006-07 Redundancies and early retirements due to PCT reorganisation

2007-08 Redundancies due to PCT reorganisation

2007-08 Other restructuring costs due to PCT reorganisation

Ashton, Leigh and Wigan PCT

0

0

0

Barking and Dagenham PCT

0

184

0

Barnet PCT

0

0

187

Barnsley PCT

0

6

0

Bassetlaw PCT

0

0

0

Bath and North East Somerset PCT

0

0

0

Bedfordshire PCT

701

203

0

Berkshire East PCT

17

500

0

Berkshire West PCT

523

116

1,415

Bexley NHS Care Trust PCT

39

0

0

Birmingham East and North PCT

0

0

0

Blackburn with Darwen PCT

0

0

0

Blackpool PCT

0

0

0

Bolton PCT

0

0

0

Bournemouth and Poole PCT

0

0

0

Bradford and Airedale PCT

2,142

900

0

Brent Teaching PCT

0

0

0

Brighton and Hove City PCT

0

0

0

Bristol PCT

0

0

0

Bromley PCT

0

0

0

Buckinghamshire PCT

0

100

0

Bury PCT

0

0

0

Calderdale PCT

0

0

0

Cambridgeshire PCT

1,023

0

0

Camden PCT

0

0

0

Central and Eastern Cheshire PCT

0

0

0

Central Lancashire PCT

2,675

0

0

City and Hackney Teaching PCT

0

0

0

Cornwall and Isles of Scilly PCT

0

0

0

County Durham PCT

4,118

1,803

0

Coventry Teaching PCT

0

1,000

0

Croydon PCT

0

0

0

Cumbria PCT

0

0

0

Darlington PCT

0

593

0

Derby City PCT

0

0

0

Derbyshire County PCT

405

0

0

Devon PCT

1,358

1,050

170

Doncaster PCT

0

0

0

Dorset PCT

506

1,356

0

Dudley PCT

110

0

0

Ealing PCT

0

0

0

East and North Hertfordshire PCT

334

0

0

East Lancashire PCT

162

0

0

East Riding of Yorkshire PCT

65

0

0

East Sussex Downs and Weald PCT

3,101

0

0

Eastern and Coastal Kent PCT

998

0

0

Enfield PCT

0

0

0

Gateshead PCT

0

1,621

0

Gloucestershire PCT

908

0

0

Great Yarmouth and Waveney PCT

2,527

0

0

Greenwich Teaching PCT

0

0

0

Halton and St. Helens PCT

476

0

0

Hammersmith and Fulham PCT

0

0

0

Hampshire PCT

227

2,493

4,069

Haringey Teaching PCT

0

150

20

Harrow PCT

0

0

0

Hartlepool PCT

0

150

0

Hastings and Rother PCT

2,259

0

0

Havering PCT

0

0

500

Heart of Birmingham Teaching PCT

0

197

0

Herefordshire PCT

0

348

0

Heywood, Middleton and Rochdale PCT

1,933

91

0

Hillingdon PCT

0

0

0

Hounslow PCT

0

0

0

Hull PCT

294

0

60

Isle of Wight NHS PCT

631

0

0

Islington PCT

0

0

0

Kensington and Chelsea PCT

0

20

0

Kingston PCT

0

0

0

Kirklees PCT

121

0

0

Knowsley PCT'

0

0

0

Lambeth PCT

0

0

0

Leeds PCT

1,328

2,561

0

Leicester City PCT

1,272

1,100

0

Leicestershire County and Rutland PCT

2,534

386

0

Lewisham PCT

0

130

0

Lincolnshire PCT

600

0

0

Liverpool PCT

431

0

0

Luton PCT

0

0

0

Manchester PCT

929

0

0

Medway PCT

0

188

0

Mid Essex PCT

3,264

1,077

90

Middlesbrough PCT

0

1,172

495

Milton Keynes PCT

0

0

279

Newcastle PCT

0

2,059

0

Newham PCT

0

0

0

Norfolk PCT

3,549

0

0

North East Essex PCT

935

0

0

North East Lincolnshire PCT

0

106

179

North Lancashire PCT

1,708

1,000

0

North Lincolnshire PCT

0

0

0

North Somerset PCT

0

0

0

North Staffordshire PCT

0

487

0

North Tees PCT

0

688

0

North Tyneside PCT

0

670

50

North Yorkshire and York PCT

2,300

3,916

0

Northamptonshire PCT

1,394

300

150

Northumberland Care PCT

0

2,202

0

Nottingham City PCT

0

0

0

Nottinghamshire County PCT

554

115

826

Oldham PCT

0

0

0

Oxfordshire PCT

494

620

1,519

Peterborough PCT

503

42

0

Plymouth Teaching PCT

0

0

0

Portsmouth City Teaching PCT

0

0

0

Redbridge PCT

0

0

0

Redcar and Cleveland PCT

766

986

0

Richmond and Twickenham PCT

0

0

0

Rotherham PCT

0

0

0

Salford PCT

0

0

0

Sandwell PCT

685

0

0

Sefton PCT

1,101

0

0

Sheffield PCT

891

2,476

0

Shropshire County PCT

0

0

0

Solihull NHS Care Trust PCT

172

720

0

Somerset PCT

1,085

0

0

South Birmingham PCT

0

0

0

South East Essex PCT

66

0

389

South Gloucestershire PCT

0

0

0

South Staffordshire PCT

61

500

0

South Tyneside PCT

0

2,296

0

South West Essex PCT

1,412

0

0

Southampton City PCT

0

0

0

Southwark PCT

0

0

0

Stockport PCT

0

0

0

Stoke on Trent PCT

222

703

0

Suffolk PCT

2,556

422

0

Sunderland Teaching PCT

0

2,020

0

Surrey PCT

4,592

1,390

0

Sutton And Merton PCT

0

0

0

Swindon PCT

0

0

0

Tameside and Glossop PCT

0

0

749

Telford and Wrekin PCT

0

0

0

Torbay Care PCT

0

0

0

Tower Hamlets PCT

0

155

0

Trafford PCT

0

0

0

Wakefield District PCT

694

238

0

Walsall Teaching PCT

0

0

0

Waltham Forest PCT

0

268

0

Wandsworth PCT

0

0

0

Warrington PCT

0

0

0

Warwickshire PCT

967

204

1,210

West Essex PCT

575

318

0

West Hertfordshire PCT

398

0

0

West Kent PCT

2,304

0

0

West Sussex PCT

4,633

308

0

Western Cheshire PCT

1,241

0

0

Westminster PCT

0

0

0

Wiltshire PCT

0

329

60

Wirral PCT

455

0

0

Wolverhampton City PCT

0

0

0

Worcestershire PCT

197

360

111

Total

74,521

45,393

12,528

Source:

Primary care trust audited summarisation schedules for 2007-08.

NHS: Temporary Employment

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what representations he has received on the potential additional cost to the NHS of changes to the value added tax treatment of agency staff; what estimate he has made of that potential cost; and if he will make a statement. (262120)

Due to the way in which correspondence is logged, information on the specific number of representations received on the potential additional costs to the national health service of changes to the value added tax treatment of agency staff could be obtained only at disproportionate cost.

The latest estimate of the potential cost to the NHS is £26 million per year, revised from an earlier estimate of £30 million when VAT stood at 17.5 per cent.

Nurses: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what the ratio of nurses to patients was at (a) Darlington Memorial Hospital, (b) York District Hospital, (c) Harrogate District Hospital, (d) Guy’s and St. Thomas’ Hospital and (e) Charing Cross Hospital in (i) 2008, (ii) 2007, (iii) 2006 and (iv) 1997. (261655)

Pharmacy: Chelmsford

To ask the Secretary of State for Health how many licensed pharmacies there were in West Chelmsford constituency in each of the last five years. (261804)

The NHS Information Centre does not hold data on the number of licensed pharmacies but we do hold the number of community pharmacies in contract with their primary care trust (PCT) at the 31 March each year.

The NHS Information Centre first published these data for 2004-05 so figures for four financial years only have been provided.

The information is held by PCT only. Prior to 2006 the PCT area which best fits West Chelmsford constituency was Chelmsford PCT. From 2006 the PCT which covers West Chelmsford constituency is Mid Essex PCT. Mid Essex PCT is larger than the old Chelmsford PCT which may account for the larger number of pharmacies listed.

Number of community pharmacies in contract with PCT at 31 March

Chelmsford PCT

Mid Essex PCT

2004-05

21

2005-06

21

2006-07

54

2007-08

54

Note:

Each community pharmacy has an arrangement with a PCT to dispense NHS prescriptions. The arrangement specifies both the premises and the named contractor. Community pharmacies can dispense the full range of drugs and appliances as listed in the monthly Drug Tariff published by the NHS Prescription Services (previously known as the Prescription Pricing Division or PPD) of the NHS Business Services Authority.

Social Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Health how many people of working age in each local authority who were assessed as having a level of social care need (a) received and (b) did not receive state-funded social care support in each of the last five years. (262047)

Data on the outcome of social care assessments for people of working age (aged 18-64) are collected and published by the NHS Information Centre for health and social care. The table giving this information has been placed in the Library. Data on the level of social care need are not held centrally. It is for individual local authorities to decide on the eligibility criteria for receiving state-funded social care services.

Social Services: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Health how he plans to monitor consistency in the allocation of individual budgets among local authorities. (261348)

The Government are committed to driving forward increased personalisation of public services, including ensuring that people using social care services should have access to maximum independence, choice and control. Personal budgets, building on the success of direct payments and the experiences of the thirteen individual budget pilot sites, are central to this aim.

Councils will be supported to make substantial progress on transforming their systems to deliver personalised services over the next two years. The ring-fenced social care reform grant provides £520 million to help councils redesign and reshape their systems over the next three years in order to deliver this transformation. Performance across health and social care will be measured against relevant indicators in the national indicator set and any relevant local area agreement (LAA) improvement targets. This information will inform the Care Quality Commission’s assessments of primary care trusts and councils across health and adult social care which, in turn, contribute to the comprehensive area assessment.

In addition to the existing performance mechanisms, the Department and its partners are working to improve the adult social care indicators for future spending cycles. This work builds on the lessons learnt from the current national indicator set and the first round of the LAAs. The revised indicators are likely to form part of the evidence base for both future assessments by the inspectorates and the foundation for the next round of LAAs. The Department is now taking initial development work forward in partnership with Association of Directors of Adult Social Services regional networks, joint investment plans and other local sector stakeholders and as part of a wider Government review of the indicator set for the next comprehensive spending review period.

Strokes

To ask the Secretary of State for Health which acute hospitals are equipped to provide (a) thrombolysis and (b) CT scanning for patients who have undergone suspected strokes; and which of those are able to provide each service at all times. (261483)

This information is not collected centrally. However, the National Sentinel Stroke Audit, prepared by the Royal College of Physicians and which is based on clinical data collected directly from national health service trusts, details the latest evidence on the provision of stroke services including thrombolysis and CT scanning. The most recent audit is available at the college’s internet website at:

www.rcplondon.ac.uk/clinical-standards/ceeu/Current-work/Documents/Public%20organisational%20report2008.pdf

Energy and Climate Change

Air Pollution: Scotland

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change whether he plans to bring forward legislation to amend the Clean Air Act 1993 to take account of recent changes in solid fuel combustion in Scotland. (260973)

I have been asked to reply.

There are, as yet, no firm plans to amend the Clean Air Act 1993 in response to changes in fuel use patterns in Scotland.

The Clean Air Act 1993 is an important part of the regulatory system which is helping to improve air quality and protect public health. Its provisions cover the whole of the UK and any changes to it need to be considered on that basis. Such consideration will need to take into account the different ways in which the UK's Devolved Administrations will seek to deliver the increases in renewable heat and energy needed to achieve the UK's obligations.

British Plastics Federation

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change when he plans to reply to the letter sent to him by the British Plastics Federation on 4 November 2008 on the climate change levy. (257813)

My right hon. Friend the Secretary of State replied to the letter from the British Plastics Federation on 27 February 2009.

Carbon Challenge Programme

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how much has been allocated to the Carbon Challenge Programme in each year since its inception. (260590)

[holding answer 4 March 2009]: I have been asked to reply.

The Carbon Challenge was launched in February 2007. This initiative has been developed by the Homes and Communities Agency on behalf of the Department. It is aimed at helping the house-building industry accelerate its response to climate change through innovation and the development of skills. Homes delivered through the Carbon Challenge will be designed to meet the highest level of the Code for Sustainable Homes and will emit net zero carbon in the course of a year.

The Homes and Communities Agency has allocated £750,000 to the initiative over a three year period from 2007-08 until 2009-10. To date overall expenditure has amounted to £341,017 on the first phase of four sites which are owned by the public sector. This covers matters such as the development of the generic brief for the sites, the provision of advice to partners as well as monitoring and evaluation.

Carbon Emissions

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what assessment he has made of the implications of the European Court of Justice's ruling in the Citiworks case for achievement of the Government's targets for carbon dioxide emissions reduction. (255154)

Although no specific assessment has been made of the implications of the Citiworks ruling for carbon dioxide emissions reductions, DECC will be consulting on the full implications of the Citiworks ruling and any necessary legislative changes later this year.

Christmas

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how much his Department has spent on (a) Christmas cards, (b) Christmas decorations and (c) Christmas parties since its inception. (261051)

DECC has spent nothing on Christmas cards, decorations or parties. DECC’s Christmas greetings were sent to recipients as e-cards, via e-mail. These e-cards were designed in-house using images submitted by staff, at no additional cost.

Climate Change

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change when he plans to publish his response to the Eliasch Review. (260026)

The UK is already acting on the Eliasch Review recommendations in most areas and is taking forward the analysis in relevant parts of the climate change negotiations for a future arrangement through the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). The Government do not intend to make a formal response to the review.

Electricity Generation

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what further reports he expects to be published by the Electricity Networks Strategy Group. (262713)

A second phase of the ENSG 2020 Electricity Transmission Network study, available at

http://www.ensg.gov.uk/assets/1696-01-ensg_vision2020.pdf

will now consider generation scenarios for 2025 and 2030. A report of this further work is expected to be published in the spring.

Energy Saving Trust

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what the cost to his Department and its predecessor of (a) the Energy Saving Trust and (b) its contractors has been since the Trust's inception; to which (i) regional and (ii) local organisations the Energy Saving Trust contracts domestic and business consumer enquiries; how many complaints about its service the Energy Saving Trust and its contractors received in each of the last two years; what assessment his Department makes of the cost-effectiveness of the Energy Saving Trust; and what assessment he has made of the effectiveness of the Energy Saving Trust in reducing domestic and business greenhouse gas emissions. (262434)

The Energy Saving Trust is a private company limited by guarantee, and details of their contractors and complaints procedures are therefore a matter for the trust's board.

The Department grant funds the Energy Saving Trust year-on-year, supporting the valuable work in the domestic carbon abatement field. We do not fund the Energy Saving Trust for business consumer inquiries. The Department and its predecessors grant funded the trust annually as follows1:

Funding (£ million)

1996-97

25

1997-98

19

1998-99

19

1999-2000

23

2000-01

22

2001-02

22

2002-03

24

2003-04

25

2004-05

28

2005-06

27

2006-07

27

2007-08

29

2008-09

35

Analysis in the Climate Change Programme (March 2006) showed that the trust's activity is very cost-effective in terms of £/tCO2. In 2007-08 the overall cost-effectiveness of the trust's work improved to £1.20 per tonne of lifetime carbon dioxide saved. The trust's influenced lifetime CO2 savings have improved in 2007-08 to 21.5mt CO2 compared to 16mt CO2 in 2006-07. The EST's activities make an effective and respected contribution to our climate change ambitions.

1 We do not have figures for Departmental funding from 1992-1996.

Fossil Fuels: North Sea

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change pursuant to the oral answer of 5 March 2009, Official Report, columns 980-81, what discussions he has had with industry representatives on the effect of phase 3 of the European Emission Trading Scheme on the attractiveness of the UK continental shelf to global oil and gas investors. [R] (262301)

The impact of phase III of the EU emission trading system (EU ETS) on the UK upstream oil and gas industry was discussed at the PILOT meeting on 10 February 2009 which was chaired by the Secretary of State of Energy and Climate Change. The meeting was attended by representatives of the oil and gas industry, including Oil and Gas UK. Officials from the Department of Energy and Climate Change are continuing to work with Oil and Gas UK and individual companies to analyse the impacts of phase III of the EU ETS on the sector.

Fuel Poverty

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what steps his Department is taking together with local authorities and devolved Administrations to reduce levels of fuel poverty. (261974)

Since 2000 over £20 billion has been spent on fuel poverty benefits and programmes.

This includes the Warm Front Scheme in England, carbon emissions reduction target and the Decent Homes Programme primarily addressing the energy efficiency of households, winter fuel and cold weather payments to increase household incomes.

The combination of national and local programmes and delivery through local government, partnerships and area-based schemes can help target areas of particular need. We are currently consulting on the Community Energy Savings Programme (CESP), where we propose to support energy efficiency measures at a local, community level, by fostering new and existing partnerships between energy companies, local authorities, voluntary organisations and other such bodies, to offer support to poorer communities on a house-by-house, street-by-street basis.

As part of the Local Government Framework, National Indicator 187 (Tackling Fuel Poverty) has been designed to measure the proportion of households on income-related benefits for whom an energy assessment of their housing has been carried out and have a SAP of below 35 or greater than 65. We are encouraged that 40 out of 150 local area agreements (LAAs) have included NI187 as one of their 35 local improvement targets and have set challenging but achievable targets. All local authorities will have to report on progress each year.

Responsibility for fuel poverty policy is a devolved matter. Ministers across Government and the devolved nations discuss policy to tackle fuel poverty and we publish an annual report which includes information on progress in the devolved Administrations.

Kingsnorth Power Station

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change when he plans to announce his decision on the construction of the proposed Kingsnorth power station. (262138)

A decision on the application by E.ON UK plc for consent under section 36 of the Electricity Act 1989 for a 1600MW coal fired power station at Kingsnorth will follow the conclusion of both the consultation on carbon capture readiness and the planned new consultation on a new framework for coal fired power stations.

Natural Gas

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what assessment he has made of the likely effects of the reduction in domestic production of natural gas on security of energy supply; and if he will make a statement. (259587)

Companies are bringing forward new gas supply infrastructure to meet the gradual decline in the UK’s stocks of indigenous gas. Our import capacity has increased by 400 per cent. in the last 10 years, and is now equivalent to some 120 per cent. of our annual gas consumption. In addition, 18 commercial gas storage projects are in different stages of development; if they were all to come forward they could give us storage capacity equivalent to some 20 per cent. of our current gas consumption by around 2020.

Wind Power: Planning Permission

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what information his Department makes available to local communities whose areas are the subject of onshore wind farm applications; what formal guidance his Department provides to local authorities considering each application; and if he will make a statement. (262142)

The Government have a comprehensive framework of national planning policy and guidance on renewable energy. This is in addition to the body of guidance for local planning authorities on handling planning applications and engagement with local communities affected by planning applications. Communities and Local Government’s Planning Policy Statement on Climate Change (PPS1) and Renewable Energy (PPS22) set out the considerations that will be relevant to planning applications for wind farms. There is also detailed guidance for practitioners in the companion guides supporting both PPSs.

The Department also makes available guidance on community involvement in wind energy development which can be downloaded at

http://www.berr.gov.uk/energy/sources/renewables/policy/renewables-advisory-board/community-involvment-wind/guidance-local-authority-officers/page35088.html.

In addition, the guidance on applications for large-scale energy developments (over 50MW) under Section 36 of the Electricity Act 1989 makes clear the need to ensure that local communities are consulted at an early stage. This can be downloaded at

http://www.berr.gov.uk/files/file42017.pdf.

Work and Pensions

Carers' Benefits

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what recent discussions he has had with representatives of carers’ interest groups on proposals for payments of carer’s allowance to people who have retired from work and continue to care for relatives. (261962)

In our Carers Strategy, published in June 2008, we set out our vision of the support we aim to provide for carers over the next 10 years. In developing our Carers Strategy, we conducted one of the most in-depth and widespread consultations ever held on carers’ issues. This included discussions with carers’ interest groups on a wide range of benefit issues.

People who have retired from work but continue to care for relatives are not excluded from claiming carer’s allowance. Although carer’s allowance will not usually be payable where state pension is in payment, the person can still access the carer premium, currently £27.75 a week, in the income-related benefits such as housing benefit and council tax benefit, or the equivalent additional amount for carers in pension credit. In addition, where someone would receive less from state pension than from carer’s allowance, an amount of carer’s allowance can be paid to make up the difference.

Children: Maintenance

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many benefit claimants in (a) Great Britain, (b) each region and (c) each London borough did not receive the full child support payment in each of the last 12 months. (242177)

The administration of the child maintenance system is a matter for the Commissioner of the Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission. He will write to the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Stephen Geraghty:

In reply to your recent Parliamentary Question, the Secretary of State promised a substantive reply from the Child Maintenance Commissioner as the Child Support Agency is now the responsibility of the Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission.

You asked the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions, how many claimants in (a) Great Britain (b) each region and (c) each London borough did not receive the full child support payment in each of the last 12 months. [242177]

It should be noted that the Child Maintenance and Other Payments Act 2008 made changes to the way child maintenance is paid to parents with care in receipt of income based benefits. Prior to 27 October 2008, the Child Support Agency, on behalf of the Secretary of State, was required to retain a proportion of child maintenance received in respect of parents with care in receipt of income based benefits. From 27 October 2008, the Agency forwards all maintenance received and parents with care in receipt of benefits will need to inform Jobcentre Plus about any maintenance they have received.

The information you have requested in respect of the number of cases where the non-resident parent paid all, part or none of the child maintenance due in the previous quarter is included in the tables which have been placed in the Library.

Some non-resident parents will go to great lengths to avoid fulfilling their responsibilities to their children. The Child Support Agency has made improvements to how it is collecting and enforcing maintenance and is now consistently collecting and arranging record amounts of child maintenance, with over £1.1 billion collected or arranged in the year to the end of December 2008.

I hope you find this answer helpful.

Table A: Maintenance Outcome by Government Office Region and London Local Authority – March 2008

Number

Percentage

None

Full

Over 1-20

Over 20-40

Over 40- 60

Over 60-80

Over 80 to under 100

Agency

276,800

402,500

15,700

20,700

23,300

37,000

48,500

Government Office Region

East Midlands

20,500

29,700

1,000

1,500

1,700

2,800

3,400

Eastern

22,900

33,900

1,100

1,800

1,800

2,900

3,500

London

27,600

31,100

1,400

1,900

2,200

3,200

4,100

North East

17,500

23,700

1,300

1,400

1,700

2,500

3,400

North West

34,500

53,400

2,200

2,700

3,300

5,800

7,500

Scotland

25,500

35,200

1,700

2,100

2,200

3,300

4,700

South East

34,000

54,500

1,700

2,300

2,400

3,900

5,200

South West

23,100

40,400

1,200

1,600

1,800

3,100

3,800

Wales

15,000

24,400

900

1,200

1,400

2,400

3,400

West Midlands

26,000

38,400

1,700

2,200

2,500

3,600

4,600

Yorkshire/Humber

29,100

37,200

1,500

2,100

2,300

3,500

4,600

London local authority

Barking and Dagenham

1,160

1,220

40

60

70

120

160

Barnet

1,000

910

50

50

50

70

120

Bexley

1,070

1,460

40

50

80

110

140

Brent

750

820

30

40

70

90

130

Bromley

920

1260

40

50

80

80

120

Camden

570

590

30

30

30

50

90

City of London

10

10

Croydon

1,770

1,910

110

130

130

200

260

Ealing

970

1,170

50

80

110

180

130

Enfield

1,320

1,260

70

80

100

180

200

Greenwich

1,210

1,220

70

90

100

200

210

Hackney

690

750

50

50

50

110

110

Hammersmith and Fulham

490

440

30

30

50

90

140

Haringey

890

790

50

70

70

70

120

Harrow

510

720

20

50

40

110

40

Havering

750

1,350

30

60

90

50

140

Hillingdon

940

1,140

50

80

70

70

150

Hounslow

840

1,200

40

50

80

110

150

Islington

850

790

30

50

60

90

110

Kensington and Chelsea

320

390

10

20

20

20

60

Kingston upon Thames

320

540

20

30

20

60

50

Lambeth

1,330

1,100

100

90

110

140

200

Lewisham

1,490

1,350

80

140

130

170

150

Merton

660

790

40

70

50

70

100

Newham

950

990

50

70

80

90

140

Redbridge

810

970

40

40

50

90

130

Richmond upon Thames

330

600

30

10

10

20

50

Southwark

1,400

1,350

80

100

110

170

180

Sutton

610

1,030

50

30

50

120

80

Tower Hamlets

700

710

40

50

70

60

90

Waltham Forest

860

1,010

40

60

60

90

210

Wandsworth

740

780

40

80

70

100

110

Westminster

390

500

30

30

40

40

70

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many new applications have been made to the Child Support Agency by (a) parents with care claiming income support and (b) other parents with care in each of the last 24 months. (260115)

The Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission is responsible for the child maintenance system. I have therefore asked the Child Maintenance Commissioner to write to the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Stephen Geraghty:

In reply to your recent Parliamentary Question about the Child Support Agency, the Secretary of State promised a substantive reply from the Child Maintenance Commissioner as the Child Support Agency is now the responsibility of the Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission.

You asked the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions, how many new applications have been made to the Child Support Agency by (a) parents with care claiming income support and (b) other parents with care in each of the last 24 months.

Information on the number of applications received each month is routinely published in Table 2.1 of the Child Support Agency Quarterly Summary of Statistics (QSS). The latest copy of which is in the House of Commons library or online at the following link:

http://www.childmaintenance.org/publications/statistics.html

The Child Maintenance and other Payments Act 2008 changed the nature of the relationship between the child maintenance and benefits systems; ending the compulsion on parents with care in receipt of income based benefits to use the Child Support Agency. Prior to 14 July 2008 all parents with care making a new application for either Income Support or income based Jobseekers Allowance were compelled to make an application for child maintenance to the Child Support Agency. The Agency therefore recorded information on new applications distinguishing between those notified by Jobcentre Plus in respect of parents claiming Income Support and Jobseekers Allowance or those which were classed as a ‘private’ application made by either parent without compulsion.

Such information as is available on child maintenance applications by source is provided in the attached table.

Current scheme applications by source of applicationJobcentre Plus applicationsPrivate applicationsJanuary 200719,0005,600February 200727,7005,900March 200721,4005,900April 200716,5005,900 May 200718,8006,000June 200719,6006,400July 200718,6006,100August 200720,3006,400September 200718,6006,400October 200720,3007,100November 200720,9006,100December 200714,1004,000January 200821,3006,900February 200820,5006,500March 200815,7006,000April 200817,8006,700May 200816,2006,300June 200817,4006,700July 200818,5006,700August 200810,6005,900September 20085,1006,800October 20089007,000November 2008—7,300December 2008—5,300 Notes:1. A change in legislation in October 2008 removed the compulsion for parents with care on income based benefit (Income Support or Jobseeker’s Allowance (Income Based)) to pursue a claim for child support through the Agency. After this date, it is expected that some parents with care will opt to end their child support claim with CSA. This can be seen as a fall in overall caseload after October 2008.2. In the run up to the change, a further legislative repeal in July 2008 means that single parents making a new claim for income based benefit will no longer be referred to CSA. Some will make direct arrangements with the Agency, but they are not compelled to do so. This change can be seen as a huge fall (to zero) in the numbers of potential new claims received directly from Jobcentre Plus from October 2008.3. All cases received from October 2008 were classed as private intake. Any cases that were received from this time will be classed as private intake regardless of benefit status.4. Jobcentre Plus applications include all applications originating from Jobcentre Plus where the parent with care is in receipt of Income Support or income based Jobseekers’ Allowance at the time of application. It is not possible to identify those on Income Support separately.

Cold Weather Payments: Leyton

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how much has been paid in cold weather payments to people in Leyton and Wanstead constituency in 2008-09. (252124)

Estimates of cold weather payment expenditure in 2008-09 to date are not available by parliamentary constituency or local authority, but only by weather station.

Community Care Grants

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) what budget his Department allocated for community care grants in 2007-08; (252698)

(2) what the maximum sum awarded to (a) an individual and (b) a family was under the community care grant in 2007-08;

(3) how many individuals received community care grants (a) once and (b) more than once in 2007-08;

(4) how many asylum seekers have received community care grants in each of the last five years.

The Department allocated a budget of £141 million for community care grants for Great Britain in 2007-08. There was also a contingency reserve of £1 million, which was available to cover unforeseen spending, for example, on flooding.

The remaining information requested is not available.

However, the maximum community care grant awarded in 2007-08 for all successful applicants (as opposed to individuals and families separately) was £5,081.46. The number of successful applicants (as opposed to individuals) who received community care grants in 2007-08 (a) once was 229,100 and (b) more than once was 23,900 (both figures rounded to the nearest 100).

Source:

Analysis of a scan of Community Care Grant final decisions taken in 2007-08 and held on the Social Fund Computer System on 31 July 2008. A final decision is either an initial decision or a review decision. An application is successful if an award is made initially and/or on review. Successful applications on which initial decisions were made before 2007-08, but which were reviewed in 2007-08 are included. Successful applications on which initial decisions were made in 2007-08 but which were reviewed after the year ended are not included.

Council Tax Benefits

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many and what proportion of (a) housing benefit and (b) council tax benefit recipients were (i) pensioners and (ii) of working age in each local authority area in each of the last 24 months; and if he will make a statement. (260113)

The latest available information has been placed in the Library.

Information is not available broken down by month.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many children living in poverty live in households which are not eligible for (a) full and (b) partial council tax benefit. (261558)

[holding answer 6 March 2009]: Estimates of the population entitled to council tax benefit among children in households below average income are not available.

The latest estimates of take-up of and entitlement to means-tested benefits in Great Britain, covering income support, pension credit, housing benefit, council tax benefit and jobseeker’s allowance (income based) are published in the report “Income Related Benefits Estimates of Take-Up in 2006-07”. This report has been placed in the Library.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many (a) pensioners and (b) people of working age are (i) in receipt of council tax benefit and (ii) eligible for council tax benefit and live in households where no one is eligible to pay income tax. (261559)

[holding answer 6 March 2009]: The information requested is in the table.

Total number of recipients of council tax benefit in Great Britain aged under/over 60: August 2007

Number

Number of benefit units in receipt of council tax benefit

5,079,080

Number of benefit units in receipt of council tax benefit where claimant aged 60 and over

2,528,950

Number of benefit units in receipt of council tax benefit where claimant aged 59 and under

2,550,140

Notes:

1. The data refer to benefit units, which may be a single person or a couple.

2. The figures have been rounded to the nearest ten.

3. Figures for any non-responding authorities have been estimated.

4. Council tax benefit totals exclude any second adult rebate cases.

5. Totals may not sum due to rounding.

6. From February 2007, DWP has been collecting more detailed HB/CTB data electronically from local authorities. Over time this will improve the accuracy, timeliness and level of detail available in the published statistics. However, until the new data have been fully quality assured to National Statistics standards, the most recent summary statistics available are for August 2007.

7. Administrative HB/CTB Information contains two age breakdowns on the basis of the age of individual who makes the claim (i) those under the age of 60 and (ii) those aged 60 and over. Therefore ‘Pensioners’ refers to recipient benefit units where the person who claimed is aged 60 or over: the partner may be under 60.

Source:

Housing benefit and council tax benefit management information system quarterly 100 per cent. caseload stock-count taken in August 2007.

Analysis of the Family Resources survey for 2006-07 suggests that 61 per cent. of pensioners entitled to council tax benefit are not liable to pay income tax.

For people of working age 81 per cent. of families entitled to council tax benefit are not liable to pay income tax.

These estimates refer to Great Britain and are based on survey data and modelling so are subject to sample variation and to other forms of errors.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many (a) pensioners and (b) people of working age at each household income level are (i) in receipt of and (ii) eligible for council tax benefit. (261561)

[holding answer 6 March 2009]: The table gives the available information on council tax benefit recipients and eligible population by household income bands, for 2006-07 in Great Britain.

Percentage

Banded weekly household income

(i) Recipients of council tax benefit

(ii) Entitled population to council tax benefit

(a) Pensioners

Less than £100 a week

2

4

£100 but less than £200

36

38

£200 but less than £300

40

36

£300 but less than £400

16

15

£400 but less than £500

4

4

More than £500

2

4

Total

100

100

(b) Non Pensioners

Less than £100 a week

4

7

£100 but less than £200

33

26

£200 but less than £300

34

29

£300 but less than £400

16

17

£400 but less than £500

7

10

More than £500

6

10

Total

100

100

Notes:

1. The data refer to household incomes. Note that a household income can be higher than the income of the family receiving council tax benefit, as a household can contain two or more families.

2. The figures are presented as proportions because point estimates of the entitled population are potentially misleading given the presence of sample bias.

3. Council tax benefit totals include second adult rebate cases.

4. Pensioner families are defined as where at least one person aged 60 or more.

Source:

Family Resources Survey Data 2006-07.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the 2009-10 personal allowance for council tax benefit is for (a) single people aged under 25 and lone parents aged under 18, (b) single people aged 25 to 59 and lone parents aged 18 to 59, (c) single people aged 60 or over, (d) couples where both partners are aged under 18, (e) couples where the older partner is aged 18 to 59 and (f) couples where the older partner is aged 60 or over. (261951)

[holding answer 9 March 2009]: The information is in the table.

Council tax benefit personal allowance rates for 2009-10

£

Single people aged under 25

50.95

Lone parent aged under 18

0

Single people aged 25-59 (or any age entitled to main phase ESA)

64.30

Lone parents aged 18-59

64.30

Single person/lone parent aged 60-64

130.00

Single person/lone parent aged 65 or over

150.40

Couples, both partners aged under 18

0

Couples where older partner is aged 18-59

100.95

Couples where one or both are aged 60 or over, but both are aged under 65

198.45

Couples where one or both are aged 65 or over

225.50

Notes:

1. Nil rate quoted as a person must be aged 18 or over in order to be liable for council tax.

2. Rates quoted above do not include any additional allowances which might be applicable, for example in respect of children.

Source:

Following the uprating statement to Parliament made by right hon. Tony McNulty MP on 11 December 2008, DWP issued a press release giving details of the benefit uprating:

www.dwp.gov.uk/mediacentre/pressreleases/2008/dec/NewBenefitRates.pdf

Local authorities were informed of the new rates in HB/CTB Circular A27/2008, a copy of which is at:

www.dwp.gov.uk/housingbenefit/user-communications/circulars/2008/a27-2008.pdf

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the minimum level of (a) weekly and (b) annual household income is at which a household is no longer eligible for (i) full and (ii) partial full council tax benefit for (A) a single pensioner, (B) a pensioner couple, (C) a working-age single person, (D) a working-age couple, (E) a lone parent with one child and (F) two parents with one child. (262020)

[holding answer 9 March 2009]: The level of income at which income extinguishes entitlement to council tax benefit (CTB) will depend upon the liability for council tax as well as the individuals’ personal circumstances. For this reason, it is not possible to provide income figures in the way envisaged in the question.

People receiving the guarantee credit element of pension credit, income support, income-based jobseeker’s allowance or income-related employment support allowance are deemed to have no income or capital and they receive maximum CTB (subject to any standard deductions for any non-dependant household member).

People not receiving the income-related benefits listed above will have their CTB assessed on the basis of an “applicable amount”. The amount is made up of personal allowances and premiums. The personal allowances vary according to age and whether a person is single or one of a married or unmarried couple. The premiums are awarded to those groups identified as having extra needs, for example, long term sick or disabled people and elderly people.

If net income is equal to or is less than the applicable amount, the customer will receive an amount equal to 100 per cent. of their council tax liability less any non-dependant deductions. If net income is more than the applicable amount, the customer will get less CTB. For each pound of extra income over the applicable amount, an adjustment of 20 pence will be made (this is the CTB taper).

In addition, anyone with savings, investments and other capital valued at more than £16,000 will not normally qualify for CTB. Capital of £6,000 or less is ignored. Capital of between £6,000 and £16,000 will be deemed to provide a weekly income of £1 for every £250 (or part thereof) if the person is aged less than 60, or £1 for every £500 (or part thereof) if they are 60 or over.

The following tables set out the applicable amounts, and hence the level at which customers begin to start paying some council tax for the client groups listed in the question.

Pensioners

Starts to pay some council tax when net income exceeds (£)

Single person aged 60-64

124.05

Single person aged 65 or over

143.80

Couple, one or both aged 60 or over, but both aged under 65

189.35

Couple, one or both aged 65 or over

215.50

Working age

Starts to pay some council tax when net income exceeds (£)

Single person aged under 25

47.95

Single person aged over 25

60.50

Couple

94.95

Single parent with one dependent child aged under one

140.34

Single parent with one dependent child aged one or over

129.84

Couple with one dependent child aged under one

174.79

Couple with one dependent child aged one or over

164.29

Notes:

1. All examples assume no disabilities/no childcare costs/no non-dependants.

2. Rates are for current year (2008-09).

Departmental Aviation

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many journeys (a) he and his predecessors and (b) his officials made by aeroplane in the course of their duties in each of the last five years. (246672)

The information requested could be provided only at disproportionate costs. Travel by Ministers and civil servants are undertaken in accordance with the Ministerial Code and the Civil Service Management Code respectively.

Departmental Surveys

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how much was spent by his Department on staff surveys in each of the last five years; and which companies were contracted to carry out the surveys. (260873)

The costs for DWP surveys in the last five years are as follows:

£

2004-05

1110,000

2005-06

199,595

2006-07

247,041

2007-08

1114,535

2008-09

1115,245

1 Full census.

2 20 per cent. sample.

The survey supplier for all these surveys was ORC International.

Departmental Training

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions whether his Department has provided voice coaching to any of its employees in the last 12 months. (260635)

The Department does provide training on voice coaching to our contact centre staff, which includes a one-hour module on voice training and acoustic shock (the shock caused by sudden/loud noises on the telephone) and training on techniques in speaking clearly, explaining well and the importance of voice care. In addition to this, line managers provide coaching on the use of language and vocal tone as part of their normal call monitoring processes.

Incapacity Benefit: North East

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many people in (a) Blyth Valley constituency and (b) the North East over the age of 60 years are in receipt of incapacity benefit. (258934)

The available information is in the following table.

Number of people claiming incapacity benefit/severe disablement allowance aged 60 and over in Blyth Valley parliamentary constituency, north east and north west government office regions—August 2008

Claimants over 60

Blyth Valley

700

North East

23,340

North West

53,610

Notes:

1. Figures are rounded to the nearest 10.

2. Data available on:

www.nomisweb.co.uk

Source:

The Department for Work and Pensions Information Directorate 100 per cent. Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study

Jobcentre Plus

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) how many local drug jobcentre co-ordinators his Department plans to employ; and what percentage of Jobcentre Plus offices will have a dedicated local drug jobcentre co-ordinator by October 2009; (260858)

(2) at what Civil Service payband local drug jobcentre co-ordinators will be employed; and if he will place in the Library a copy of the job specification for this role.

[holding answer 5 March 2009]: The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the acting chief executive of Jobcentre Plus, Mel Groves. I have asked him to provide my hon. Friend with the information requested.

Letter from Mel Groves:

The Secretary of State has asked me to reply to your questions about Jobcentre Plus Drug Co-ordinators including how many will be employed; what percentage of Jobcentre Plus offices they will cover; which grade they will be; and whether a job specification can be made available. This is something that falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as acting chief executive of Jobcentre Plus.

The introduction of Drug Co-ordinators is a joint initiative between Jobcentre Plus, the Department of Health (DH) and the National Treatment Agency (NTA) which has been put in place to support the National Drugs Strategy “Drugs-Protecting Families and Communities”. As part of this, the DH has put £9 million into funding the posts from 2009-2011.

As responsibility for health is a devolved matter in Scotland and Wales, the DH can only fund Drug Co-ordinators in England, however, we will continue to work with officials in Scotland and Wales to try to ensure customers in these countries will have similar provision in the future.

We are currently recruiting to fill 63 Drug Co-ordinator posts at Band D (HEO) level. We will have at least one Drug Co-ordinator in place within each of our districts in England and they will be further supported by one of nine Strategic Lead posts (filled at Band F/Grade 7) which will be based within their region.

The decision to put in place district-based Drug Co-ordinators was based on research carried out by Glasgow University in 2006. The research provided information about the number of known problem drug users in specific geographical areas.

We already have eight Drug Co-ordinators in post, and expect that a further 52 will be in place by the end of March, with the remaining three posts being filled during April. We expect that well before October, all of the posts will have been filled and we will have a dedicated Drug Co-ordinator in post within every Jobcentre Plus district in England.

Whilst the Drug Co-ordinator posts are based at district level, part of their job is to ensure that customer-facing advisers within their district are aware of the help and support that we will be able to offer customers.

This means that a customer attending any Jobcentre Plus office in England who declares they are a problem drug user, will be offered a referral to a discussion with a treatment provider.

I have attached a Drug Co-ordinator Job Description at Annex 1, and a copy of this will be placed in the Library.

Jobcentre Plus: Telephone Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many (a) staff and (b) full-time equivalent staff are employed to answer calls to Jobcentre Plus helplines; and if he will make a statement. (245449)

The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the acting chief executive of Jobcentre Plus, Mel Groves. I have asked him to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Mel Groves:

The Secretary of State has asked me to reply to your question asking how many staff and full-time equivalent staff are employed to answer calls to Jobcentre Plus helplines. This is something that falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as Acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus.

As at 30 November 2008 the number of staff employed to answer calls in Contact Centre Directorate was 5,756, and the Full Time Equivalent was 5,210.

Mortgages: Government Assistance

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many households his Department estimates will obtain Government support for unemployed homeowners to pay interest charges on their mortgages. (261648)

We are currently revising our projections for jobseeker’s allowance, and within this the number of claimant unemployed who are receiving support for mortgage interest, and updated projections will be published following the Budget.

In November 2008, 5,000 jobseeker’s allowance claimants received support for mortgage interest, but we would expect this figure to rise in response to increasing unemployment and recent policy changes making support for mortgage interest available from three months into the claim.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what assessment he has made of the effect of recent changes to the support for mortgage interest element of benefits; and how many households he estimates will benefit from the extension of this element of benefits to homeowners who have been unemployed for 13 weeks or more. (261651)

At this time we do not have data to provide actual figures on the number of people who are being helped under the new support for mortgage interest rules.

It should be noted that since these changes were brought in on the 5 January, the impact on new claims would not show up until the end of the 13 week waiting period in early April 2009; although the extension of the reforms to cover those who have already served a waiting period over 13 weeks, and the six-month freeze of the standard interest rate, will mean that customers have started benefiting already.

We are currently revising our caseload and expenditure projections for jobseeker’s allowance, and within this the number of claimant unemployed who are receiving support for mortgage interest. Updated projections will be published following the Budget.

In November 2008, 5,000 jobseeker’s allowance claimants received support for mortgage interest, but we would expect this figure to rise in response to increasing unemployment and recent policy changes making support for mortgage interest available from three months into the claim.

Nuclear Power Stations

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) what factors underlie the length of time scheduled for generic design assessment work on the three nuclear reactor designs identified as suitable for construction in the UK; (260248)

(2) if he will estimate the additional (a) staff and (b) resources required to enable the Health and Safety Executive and the Nuclear Installations Inspectorate to complete the generic design assessment work on the three nuclear reactor designs for future construction in the UK in half the time presently scheduled.

I have been asked to reply.

The factors affecting the length of time that generic design assessment will take are given at paragraph 24 of the joint guidance “New Nuclear Power Stations, Generic Design Assessment—A guide to the regulatory process”— published by HSE and the Environment Agency in August 2008. These include:

The content, quality and timeliness of the submissions;

The completeness of the design;

The introduction of design changes;

The significance of assessment issues arising;

The responsiveness of requesting parties to issues and questions;

The availability of resources to the regulators;

The ability to make best use of information from overseas nuclear regulators;

The number of designs being assessed in parallel; and

The experience of the regulators with similar reactor designs.

Given that resource is only one of these factors, the HSE does not believe that it is feasible for its Nuclear Installations Inspectorate (NII) to complete GDA in half the time presently scheduled, irrespective of the numbers of staff or resources available.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what progress has been made on generic design assessment work proceeding on the (a) AP100, (b) economic simplified boiling water and (c) UK EPR designs for nuclear reactors; and if he will make a statement. (260335)

I have been asked to reply.

The nuclear regulators have completed GDA Steps 1 and 2 for four reactor designs (AECL's ACR1000, Areva's European Pressurised Water Reactor (EPR), GE-Hitachi's ESBWR and Toshiba-Westinghouse's API000) and a series of reports were published on the Health and Safety Executive's website in March 2008.

ACR-1000 and ESBWR have been, respectively, withdrawn and suspended from the GDA process at the request of the vendors.

HSE's Nuclear Installations Inspectorate (NII) is currently part-way through step 3 of a four step assessment process. NII aims to publish its step 3 findings in November 2009 and its step 4 findings in June 2011.

The Environment Agency (EA) is also part way through its detailed assessment process. EA aim to publicly consult on their initial findings in 2010 and publish their final reports by June 2011.

Pension Protection Fund

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what plans he has for the future funding of the Pension Protection Fund; and if he will make a statement. (261349)

The funding of the Pension Protection Fund is a matter for the Board of the Pension Protection Fund, an independent statutory corporation. The PPF is funded through a pension protection levy that is charged to all eligible defined-benefit occupational pension schemes, assets from schemes that transfer in to the PPF and investment returns. The Board made a commitment in August 2007 to collect £675 million a year for the next three years, indexed to earnings, so long as there was no significant change in risk. The Board intends to collect £700 million in 2009-10, keeping to that commitment. A consultation on the future development of the pension protection levy for 2011-12 and beyond concluded on 13 February 2009 and the Board is currently considering the responses received.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what assessment he has made of the compatibility with the European Convention on Human Rights of the Pension Protection Fund cap and its provisions relating to reductions for early retirement. (260980)

[holding answer 5 March 2009]: Our assessment is that the Pension Protection Fund (PPF) cap and its provisions relating to early retirement are consistent with ECHR. It ensures consistent treatment, based on age, relative to the qualifying insolvency event, (the trigger for entry to the PPF). It also ensures that people who take early retirement before the insolvency event are not placed in a more beneficial position than people who stay in employment.

Pensioners

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what recent assessment his Department has made of the effect of increases in living costs on pensioners; and what steps his Department is taking to assist pensioners affected by such increases. (261965)

There is a statutory requirement to review all social security benefits each year and to consider whether they have retained their value in relation to the general level of prices. (The standard minimum guarantee in pension credit must be reviewed against the general level of earnings). A further requirement calls for certain benefits, including the state pension, to be up-rated at least in line with the increase in prices from April of the following year.

Following the most recent review, that took place in the autumn of last year, the rate of full basic state pension that will apply from this April will be £95.25. This amounts to an increase in the current rate of £4.55, which is in line with inflation as measured last September, when the Retail Prices Index was 5 per cent. This increase, against a backdrop of falling inflation, is in line with the highest increase in inflation last year and the biggest increase in the state pension since 2001. The increase in the standard minimum guarantee in pension credit to £130 for single pensioners (£198.45 for pensioner couples) from April more than keeps pace with earnings and represents the highest up-lift since it was introduced in 2003.

Furthermore, in order to provide direct financial support through the economic downturn pensioners have also received additional winter fuel payments this year that have increased the payments to £250 for eligible households with someone aged 60 to 79 and £400 for eligible households with someone aged over 80. In addition, for this year the Department has increased the Christmas bonus from £10 to £70 and increased the cold weather payment from £8.50 to £25.

Pensions: Forecasts

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many requests for pension forecasts the Pension Service has received in each of the last 12 months; how many and what proportion of those forecasts were set (a) within 10 days, (b) between 10 and 20 days, (c) between 20 and 30 days, (d) between one and two months and (e) two months and longer of receipt of the request; and if he will make a statement. (259082)

The information is not available to enable the separation of the number of requests for Individual Pension Forecasts from the total number of inquiries received via the Pension Forecasting IT service. Therefore the information given relates to the total number of forecasts issued.

The number of customers who have been issued with an Individual Pension Forecast via the Pensions Forecasting IT system in the last 12 months is in the following table.

Within 10 daysBetween 10 and 19 daysBetween 20 and 30 daysBetween one and two monthsOver two monthsTotal

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

2008

February

23,484

86.08

1,396

5.12

660

2.42

306

1.12

1,437

5.27

27,283

100

March

21,109

87.10

627

2.59

768

3.17

226

0.93

1,505

6.21

24,235

100

April

21,838

87.17

514

2.05

778

3.11

278

1.11

1,643

6.56

25,051

100

May

15,931

88.03

183

1.01

681

3.76

128

0.71

1,174

6.49

18,097

100

June

15,868

88.45

143

0.80

259

1.44

474

2.64

1,197

6.67

17,941

100

July

17,656

86.83

399

1.96

561

2.76

519

2.55

1,199

5.90

20,334

100

August

20,599

88.17

690

2.95

755

3.23

525

2.25

793

3.39

23,362

100

September

44,458

94.36

1,401

2.97

706

1.50

378

0.80

173

0.37

47,116

100

October

51,550

93.61

1,507

2.74

1,256

2.28

568

1.03

186

0.34

55,067

100

November

54,177

94.65

1,551

2.71

921

1.61

486

0.85

105

0.18

57,240

100

December

41,330

96.53

666

1.56

529

1.24

261

0.61

31

0.07

42,817

100

2009

January

65,057

97.05

981

1.46

858

1.28

70

0.10

n/a

n/a

66,966

100

The number of customers who received an Individual Pension Forecast from the e-service Real Time Pension Forecasting system is in the following table. All forecasts are produced in real time.

Month

Number of forecasts issued

2008

February

5,318

March

5,883

April

6,350

May

4,395

June

2,957

July

26,353

August

25,453

September

27,759

October

31,061

November

35,490

December

23,731

2009

January

35,264

Total

230,014

PDCS also provided state pension information to pension providers to enable 1,093,986 Combined Pension forecasts to be produced in the period September 2008 to January 2009.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions when his Department resumed sending out pension forecasts in response to requests from people who reach pension age after 6 April 2010; how many (a) requests have been received and (b) forecasts have been sent since the resumption; and if he will make a statement. (259083)

The Department offers three channels for pensions forecasts: e-service, telephone, and post.

The real-time e-service resumed on 30 June 2008. This system does not provide information on the age of the customers who have requested a forecast, and therefore the Department is unable to tell how many of the users of the service reach pension age on or after 6 April 2010.

For customers who reach state pension age on or after 6 April 2010, the Pension Forecast service resumed on 26 August 2008 for requests made by telephone or post to the Pension Forecasting IT service. 202,761 customers received a state pension forecast between 26 August 2008 and close of business on 24 February 2009.

Repossession Orders

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions if he will make it his policy to amend the rules governing eligibility for assistance with mortgage interest payment to include circumstances where the redundancy of one family member exposes the family to the risk of mortgage payment default and repossession; and if he will make a statement. (262551)

Support for mortgage interest is available to those homeowners who qualify for one of the income-related benefits, income support, income-based jobseeker’s allowance, income-related employment and support allowance or pension credit. It is an integral component of those benefits. Couples are treated as a single unit in these benefits and if one member of a couple is in remunerative work of 24-hours or more, or has income which exceeds their entitlement, then they cannot receive the benefit. Only those couples who are not in remunerative work and who meet the other qualifying conditions of the benefit can receive support for mortgage interest. This is intended to ensure that resources are directed to where they are most needed and there are no plans to change this policy.

Support for mortgage interest is not the only form of help for homeowners in difficulty paying their mortgages. For example, the Government's Mortgage Rescue scheme provides £200 million to support up to 6,000 of the most vulnerable homeowners facing repossession to remain in their home. The Homeowner Mortgage Support scheme, which we expect to be open for business with the first lenders in April, will help ensure hard working people, including couples, who suffer a temporary loss of income can stay in their home. Both schemes are being led by Communities and Local Government.

Social Fund

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the budget of the Social Fund for crisis loans was in each of the last 12 years. (260863)

[holding answer 5 March 2009]: There is no separate budget for crisis loans, but rather a combined loans budget for both crisis loans and budgeting loans. The following table gives the final gross loans budget and crisis loan gross expenditure for each of the last 12 years.

Social fund loans in Great Britain

£ million

Final gross loans budget

Crisis loan gross expenditure

1997-98

397.5

54.3

1998-99

404.9

58.9

1999-2000

457.9

61.5

2000-01

524.6

65.3

2001-02

547.7

74.9

2002-03

548.9

84.6

2003-04

578.0

85.1

2004-05

585.0

81.9

2005-06

609.0

86.4

2006-07

700.0

97.9

2007-08

642.0

121.2

2008-09

624.0

1132.6

1 To 31 January.

Source:

Annual reports by the Secretary of State for Social Security/Work and Pensions on the Social Fund (with greater accuracy for Crisis Loan expenditure than in the annual reports for the first three years obtained from the DWP Social Fund Policy, Budget and Management Information System).

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what percentage of crisis loan applications resulted in an award being made in each of the last 12 years. (260864)

[holding answer 5 March 2009]: The available information is given in the table.

Crisis loan applications for Great Britain

Percentage of applications resulting in an initial award

1997-98

75.9

1998-99

76.2

1999-2000

72.5

2000-01

72.0

2001-02

74.6

2002-03

76.3

2003-04

75.9

2004-05

75.1

2005-06

74.5

2006-07

74.4

2007-08

68.5

April 2008 to January 2009

67.8

Notes:

1. Figures do not include awards made after review.

2. Percentages are based on applications processed in each year, not on applications received in each year.

Source:

Annual reports by the Secretary of State for Social Security/Work and Pensions on the Social Fund (with greater accuracy than in the annual reports for the first three years obtained from the DWP Social Fund Policy, Budget and Management Information System or departmental records).

Social Fund: Bexley

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many Social Fund applications by residents in the London Borough of Bexley were (a) successful and (b) unsuccessful in each of the last five years; and how much was paid to such residents from the fund in each of those years. (261424)

The information requested is not available. Social Fund data are not held by London borough, but by Jobcentre Plus Social Fund budget area (or, before such budget areas were used for the administration of the Social Fund, by Jobcentre Plus district, and, prior to that, by Social Fund district). Since May 2002, there have been several changes to the boundaries of administrative areas. As a result, data which can be compared across time are available for all Jobcentre Plus Social Fund budget areas from September 2006 only.

Social Security Benefits: Lone Parents

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) what his Department's target is for the number of visits to be made by compliance officers to lone parents who have been sanctioned for failing to attend a work-focused interview; and if he will make a statement; (255264)

(2) how many and what proportion of lone parents under benefits sanctions for failing to attend a work-focused interview have been visited by a compliance officer in each month since such interviews became compulsory; and if he will make a statement

(3) if he will place in the Library a copy of his Department's standard letter issued to lone parents claiming income support after they have failed to attend a work-focused interview and failed to show good cause.

The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the acting chief executive of Jobcentre Plus, Mel Groves. I have asked him to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Widowed Parents Allowance

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many people have made a late claim for (a) widowed parents allowance and (b) bereavement allowance in each of the last five years; how many people claiming bereavement allowance have been refused on the grounds that the claim was submitted after more than 12 months from the death of their partner in the last five years; and what estimate he has made of the proportion of those eligible for bereavement benefits to have claimed them in the last five years. (259765)

Innovation, Universities and Skills

Departmental Art Works

To ask the Secretary of State for Innovation, Universities and Skills which works of art from the Government Art Collection each Minister in his Department has selected for display in a private office. (259432)

The following works of art from the Government Art Collection are displayed in Lord Drayson's private office:

Daphne Reynolds—‘The Watchers’’;

John Piper—‘St James the Less, Westminster’;

David Bomberg—‘London River’.

The following works of art from the Government Art Collection are displayed in Siôn Simon's private office:

Howard Hodgkin—‘Blood’;

Howard Hodgkin—‘Sand’.

Other Ministers in this Department do not have works of art from the Government Art Collection displayed in their private offices.

Departmental Visits Abroad

To ask the Secretary of State for Innovation, Universities and Skills how much expenditure was incurred in respect of overseas visits which (a) he, (b) other Ministers in his Department and (c) his Department's senior officials undertook in 2008. (262178)

Since 1999, the Government have published a list of all overseas travel by Cabinet Ministers costing over £500. Information for the financial year 2007-08 was published on 22 July 2008, Official Report, column 102WS, and for the first time included details of overseas visits undertaken by all Ministers. All travel by Ministers is undertaken in accordance with the ‘Ministerial Code’. Information going beyond what is already published can be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Foreign Students: USA

To ask the Secretary of State for Innovation, Universities and Skills what support his Department (a) offers and (b) plans to offer to help cover the travel costs of British students who take a term of study in the United States. (262708)

English-domiciled students studying in the UK who wish to take up a term of study of their course in the United States may be eligible to receive a grant to help cover the related travel costs. To qualify for the grant the student must be attending the overseas university or college for at least half the length of an academic quarter, which normally corresponds to a term. The grant meets the costs of:

travel within and outside the UK in order to attend the university or college

medical insurance for treatment provided outside the United Kingdom

visas required to attend the overseas institution

medical costs incurred to meet a mandatory condition of entry into a country (e.g. vaccination costs).

The grant is subject to an income assessment and the first £295 of travel costs incurred is not covered by the grant.

DIUS has responsibility for higher education in England only. The devolved administrations have responsibility for it in Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland.

Higher Education

To ask the Secretary of State for Innovation, Universities and Skills what plans he has to re-introduce polytechnic colleges into the higher education system. (262292)

There are no plans to reintroduce polytechnic colleges into the higher education system. Publicly funded degrees should offer the range and balance of qualifications which students and the wider economy require in the future and to do this the higher education system may need to ensure that there are more opportunities provided to individuals to enter by vocational routes. Although some institutions will meet a greater proportion of this need than others, this does not mean the re-establishment of the polytechnic divide.

Higher Education: Anti-Semitism

To ask the Secretary of State for Innovation, Universities and Skills what steps his Department is taking to reduce levels of anti-Semitism in universities; and if he will make a statement. (263286)

This Government deplore acts of racial or religious intolerance and we are committed to tackling anti-Semitism and any form of racial intolerance. Higher education institutions have the primary responsibility for ensuring that their students are not subject to threatening or abusive behaviour on campus and addressing any complaints received.

We are committed to encouraging higher education institutions to ensure that discrimination has no place in any of their policies or practices and to act swiftly when incidents or complaints are brought to their attention. The Department is currently in the process of establishing a dedicated sub-group to the Cross Government Working Group against anti-Semitism to facilitate discussions between the Jewish community and higher education stakeholders.

Higher Education: Research

To ask the Secretary of State for Innovation, Universities and Skills what steps his Department is taking to support universities whose research has been judged as excellent and of national importance. (261977)

The Department supports excellent research in universities through the dual support system of institutional funding through the Higher Education Funding Council for England (HEFCE) and project-based funding through the Research Councils. The Department's grant letter to HEFCE asked them

“to continue to recognise and reward the highest levels of research excellence wherever it is found”.

The recent research assessment exercise (RAE), published in December last year demonstrates the world-class performance of university research in the UK: 54 per cent. of work was found to be of world-leading quality or internationally excellent. The RAE results drive institutional funding for research and HEFCE announced funding allocations on 5 March.

Research: Small Businesses

To ask the Secretary of State for Innovation, Universities and Skills pursuant to the answer of 25 February 2009, Official Report, column 775W, on research: small businesses, which other Government departments are participating in the Small Business Research Initiative (SBRI); and whether the revised SBRI format will have been extended to each participating department by April 2009. (260654)

The SBRI is a mechanism by which Government Departments can seek to encourage the business community to develop innovative solutions to meet the Department's needs. All Departments are eligible to participate, and, following the successful outcome of the pilot programme, I encourage all those with appropriate research and development needs to consider using this mechanism.

Lord Drayson and Exchequer Secretary to the Treasury, Angela Eagle, wrote to ministerial colleagues on 5 November inviting participation in the scheme. The Technology Strategy Board, which manages the SBRI programme, has over the last year engaged with all central departments, to seek to identify suitable opportunities for the use of SBRI. As stated in my answer of 25 February, a £10 million competition with the Department for Communities and Local Government will be launched in March, and the Ministry of Defence, the Department of Health, and the Department for Transport also have advanced plans for SBRI competitions in 2009. The TSB is continuing to work with other Departments to identify further cases where the Departments could benefit from making use of SBRI to meet their technology development needs.

Children, Schools and Families

Building Schools for the Future Programme

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what plans he has for the funding of (a) Wave 5 and (b) subsequent waves of the Building Schools for the Future programme; and what assessment he has made of the likely effects of the economic downturn on the budgets for those waves of the programme. (262742)

We remain fully committed to the BSF programme and I currently expect funding for Building Schools for the Future (BSF) for both waves 5 and 6 projects to be determined in the same way as for previous waves, when local authorities receive approval of the business case for their project.

The Department is continuing to monitor the impact of the current economic conditions on capital programmes such as BSF, and is working with Partnerships for Schools and HM Treasury to ensure the programme moves forward as planned. On 3 March 2009, my right hon. Friend the Chief Secretary to the Treasury announced Government action to safeguard capital infrastructure investment in projects being delivered through the private finance initiative.

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many apprenticeship places have been created by the Building Schools for the Future Programme. (261917)

DCSF does not hold information on apprenticeship places that have been created by the Building Schools for the Future (BSF) programme. However, DCSF has responded to the pre-Budget report in November which announced that Government Departments and their Agencies committed that whenever they let a new construction contract they will consider making it a requirement that successful contractors have apprentices as a proportion of the project workforce. DCSF announced on 23 February 2009 that all construction companies winning contracts for the Building Schools for the Future programme will be required to have formal training programmes—creating up to an extra 1,000 apprenticeship places from June 2009—including posts in construction, information technology and facilities management.

Partnerships for schools is putting in place arrangements for monitoring the numbers of apprenticeships and training places in existing and new projects.

Children and Family Court Advisory and Support Service: Standards

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families if he will make it his policy to review for benchmarking purposes the methods used by Ofsted in conducting inspections of the Children and Family Court Advisory and Support Service in each region. (258203)

Matters concerning the review of inspection methodology are for Ofsted rather than the Department. In September 2008, Ofsted published a consultation document, “Inspection of Children and Court Advisory Support Services (CAFCASS) 2009-12.”

Ofsted is currently evaluating the responses to the consultation and its work to pilot the new arrangements. It is intended that a new framework for the inspection of CAFCASS will be implemented from April 2009.

Children In Care

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many pupils with special educational needs have been placed in residential care (a) inside and (b) outside their local authority area in each of the last 10 years. (258345)

Children: Day Care

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many and what proportion of (a) two, (b) three and (c) four year olds whose parents use the free entitlement to child care receive the maximum number of free hours available. (260053)

Virtually all four year olds and 95 per cent. of three year olds take up some of their free early education entitlement. At present, pupils in the maintained sector are counted only as “full time” or “part time”, but from this summer, data will be collected via the School Census on the hours of free entitlement taken.

An estimate from the Childcare and Early Years Parents survey in 2007 showed that of the eligible three and four year olds benefiting from the free entitlement, nearly three-quarters (73 per cent.) had used 12-hours or more of their entitlement.

The first phase of the free entitlement for two year olds was for 7.5-hours per week in 32 local authorities which reached approximately 13,500 children between 2006-08. From April 2009, these local authorities, along with a further 31, will move to deliver up to 15-hours a week over 38-weeks a year. From September 2009 all remaining local authorities will begin delivering up to 10-hours a week, over 38-weeks a year. The different number of hours that will be delivered is a deliberate step to allow us to evaluate a range of approaches.

The latest figures on early education places for three and four year olds in England were published in Statistical First Release (SFR) 12/2008 “Provision for children under five years of age in England: January 2008”, available on my Department's website:

http://www.dcsf.gov.uk/rsgateway/DB/SFR/s000790/index.shtml

Children: Protection

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families with reference to the statement of 20 November 2008, Official Report, column 376, on safeguarding children, who supplied him with the professional advice he was given regarding the publication of the serious case review. (247864)

Departmental Absenteeism

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many staff of his Department were recorded absent for non-medical reasons on (a) 2 February 2009 and (b) 3 February 2009; what estimate he has made of the (i) cost to his Department and (ii) number of working hours lost due to such absence; and what guidance his Department issued to staff in respect of absence on these days. (260471)

The Department issued guidance to staff on the days in question, advising them to make reasonable efforts to come into work and, if this was not possible, to work from home using, for example, the Department's remote access. Staff were also told to also take account of local advice in the light of weather conditions and travel arrangements.

Absences were handled locally by managers and information was not collected centrally on those unable to work. Therefore, the information on staff numbers, costs and working hours lost could only be obtained at disproportionate cost.

Departmental Art Works

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families which works of art from the Government Art Collection each Minister in his Department has selected for display in a private office. (259438)

The three works of art from the Government Art Collection selected for display in the Department's Private Office are all located in the Secretary of State's Office.

Their titles are:

An Accurate Map of the West Riding of Yorkshire;

A Field Near Vernham Dene; and

The New Houses of Parliament.

Departmental Scientists

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what his Department’s budget for scientific advice and research is in 2008-09; for what purposes the equivalent budget for 2007-08 was used; and how many people employed in his Department have a science or engineering degree. (260773)

The DCSF does not commission scientific research and advice. We do commission social and economic research and analysis in order to provide evidence to support policy-making activity across the full range of the Department’s responsibilities according to need. Our current forecast is that we will spend £31 million on social and economic research and analysis in 2008-09. In 2007-08, the figure was £27 million. We do not collect information on staff with a science or engineering degree centrally.

Departmental Surveys

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how much his Department and its predecessor spent on staff surveys in each of the last five years; and which company was contracted to conduct each such survey. (259681)

In the last five years the Department (and the former Department for Education and Skills) has spent £94,363 on staff surveys. All surveys in the period were delivered by ORC International Ltd.

Cost (£)

2005-06

15,686

2006-07

10

2007-08

42,137

2008-09

36,540

1 No staff survey held.

Departmental Training

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what his Department's policy is on holding departmental away days outside his Department's buildings. (262025)

The Department believes that away days can be beneficial and necessary for staff development, team building and planning to help deliver the Children's Plan.

The organisation of away days outside the Department's buildings will be based on sound planning and, where accommodation costs and other charges are involved, our policies on appropriateness and value for money.

Education Maintenance Allowance: Lancashire

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many people (a) are eligible for and (b) are claiming education maintenance allowance in West Lancashire constituency. (261967)

This is a matter for the Learning and Skills Council (LSC) who operate the education maintenance allowance (EMA) for the Department for Children, Schools and Families (DCSF). Mark Haysom the LSC's chief executive, will write to the hon. Member for West Lancashire with the information requested and a copy of his reply will be placed in the House Libraries.

Education: Young Offender Institutions

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what assessment Ofsted has made of standards of education in the juvenile secure estate in the last five years. (259292)

This is a matter for Ofsted. HM Chief Inspector, Christine Gilbert, has written to the hon. Member and a copy of her reply has been placed in the Libraries.

Letter from Christine Gilbert, dated 4 March 2009:

Your recent parliamentary question has been passed to me, as Her Majesty’s Chief Inspector, for reply.

From 1998 to March 2007, Ofsted inspected standards in education and training in the juvenile estate with Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Prisons. From 1996 to April 2004, Ofsted inspected standards in education and training at local authority secure children’s homes and secure training centres with the Social Services Inspectorate; and from April 2004 to March 2007, it did so with the Commission for Social Care Inspection. Since April 2007, Ofsted has had sole responsibility for the inspection of secure children’s homes and secure training centres. Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Prisons maintains its lead responsibility for the prison estate.

Prior to April 2007, Ofsted did not publish its own reports on juvenile estate establishments, including secure children’s homes and secure training centres, but contributed to the report of the lead inspectorate. Since April 2007, Ofsted has published reports on secure children’s homes and secure training centres. Please note that there have only been a small number of inspections annually.

Ofsted provides an annual summary of its assessment of this provision in Her Majesty’s Chief Inspectors’ Annual Reports. As Ofsted did not publish any of its own reports until 2007, the Annual Reports are the only continuous and comparative form of assessment relating to this area of provision over the past five years.

For the purposes of the following reports, the term ‘secure settings’ refers to secure children’s homes and secure training centres accommodating children and young people under 18 years of age, and other establishments accommodating Juvenile/Young People offenders.

The following excerpts are taken from the Annual Reports of Her Majesty’s Chief Inspector of Schools 2004/05 and 2005/06, and Her Majesty’s Chief Inspector of Education, Children’s Services, and Skills for 2006/07 and 2007/08.

Her Majesty’s Chief Inspector of Schools Annual Report 2004/05

The quality of education and care: Provision for children and young people in secure settings

Main Findings

Provision across the range of secure settings and within types of setting varies widely. Some young people are well served; others, already disadvantaged, have a poor deal which does little to help them to improve their life chances. Establishments vary, for example, in the extent of specialist teaching facilities and resources and the range of options available to them. Generally, provision for students to work towards qualifications at level 2 and above is limited.

Out of 10 young offender institutions inspected, two were judged to be very good, six satisfactory and two unsatisfactory. The provision for juveniles (15-17 year-olds) was better than that for young offenders (18-21 year-olds) mainly because they benefited from additional resources for this age group from the Youth Justice Board. The appointment of special educational needs coordinators and learning support assistants has improved initial assessment, the targeting and quality of one-to-one support and the quality of pastoral care for juveniles.

The establishments judged to be very good featured: very good leadership; effective behaviour management, support and guidance; rigorous monitoring of attendance; and effective arrangements for young people unable or unwilling to attend classes. In the poorer establishments, much of the teaching lacked challenge; education, training and residential activities were poorly integrated and accreditation rates were low.

Three of the seven local authority children’s homes inspected were good or better; two were satisfactory, but two were unsatisfactory. In the best, there was a strong emphasis on assessing and monitoring students’ progress and liaison and support from the local authority were excellent. By contrast, insufficient emphasis on achievement, inadequate quality assurance arrangements and weak links between education and care staff characterised unsatisfactory practice.

Two of the three secure training centres inspected were very good. In these, there were wide opportunities for accreditation, the learning environment was attractive and provision well resourced. By contrast, two detention and immigration centres inspected were poorly resourced and accommodation in one was cramped. Despite these difficulties, teacher-pupil relationships in the centres were good. Pupils were well-behaved, keen to learn and supported each other, particularly in relation to resolving language difficulties.

Her Majesty’s Chief Inspector of Schools Annual Report 2005/06

The quality of education and care: Provision for young people in secure settings

Main Findings

Overall, standards across the range of secure settings remain too variable and the curriculum offered is often too narrow to meet the needs of the young people. Of 13 institutions inspected, two secure children’s homes and one young offender institution are inadequate.

Only one establishment, a secure training centre, is very good and two secure children’s homes and one young offender institution are good. There has been an improvement, however, in the management of the young people’s behaviour and it is satisfactory overall in the settings inspected. The more effective institutions are successful in meeting the needs of a wide range of young people, many of whom have had little or no experience of educational success. A minority of settings have developed an appropriate range of vocational and academic courses. In these institutions, young people enjoy their education and often make good progress; many experience success for the first time in their lives. However, levels of accreditation remain low in too many institutions and opportunities for progression to more advanced courses are limited. This is particularly pertinent for young people aged 16 and over in young offender institutions. More able young people are often working below their capabilities and few gain GCSE qualifications.

The range of vocational courses is narrow in too many institutions, restricting opportunities for young people to acquire the skills that will help them to gain employment or access to further training on their release from custody. Teaching of the basic skills of literacy and numeracy is often poor. Lessons fail to motivate or engage young people. In the more effective institutions, literacy and numeracy are linked successfully to vocational work and their life experiences.

The needs of young people with learning difficulties and/or disabilities are not always met appropriately. In the better settings, teaching is lively and engaging. Young people are given interesting and challenging tasks that they enjoy. They respond well to good teaching, make sound progress and are justifiably proud of their achievements. The collection of information about the young people’s achievements, progress and attendance is improving and is now available to support teaching staff more effectively. However, this information is used effectively in only a small number of institutions. Young people’s individual learning plans are not used successfully to plan their work or to monitor their progress.

The more successful settings draw on a variety of resources and external partners to develop creative and interesting educational experiences for young people. External agencies are often effective in raising the young people’s aspirations. Most institutions are successful in making the environment as attractive as possible, often in very difficult circumstances. Rewards and incentives are used effectively to motivate young people, but only in a minority of institutions.

In the settings inspected, the management of poor and inappropriate behaviour has improved in recent years and is satisfactory overall. It is good in institutions where the behaviour policy is clearly understood and consistently applied. Relationships between prison and education staff in young offender institutions are generally good. Some aspects of prison life, however, continue to have a negative effect on teaching and learning. For example, movement from residential to education units is often delayed, adversely affecting both punctuality and young people’s learning. There are too few opportunities for young people to share their opinions about the education and training they receive.

Arrangements for the care and progress of young people about to leave custody are not good enough. Insufficient attention is paid to preparing them for their return to the community. Careers education and guidance are often poor. The lack of appropriate education and training for these young people once they are released is a real concern.

In most of the settings inspected there has been steady improvement in leadership and management. Senior managers are now more focused on improving the quality of provision. Self-assessment and the rigour of lesson observations have improved.

Her Majesty’s Chief Inspector of Education, Children’s Services and Skills Annual Report 2006-07

Quality and Standards: Educational provision for young people in secure settings

The provision for young people with learning difficulties or disabilities is not always matched to their needs. Staff do not make effective use of individual learning plans in considering the next steps in learning or in tracking the progress of the young people.

The more effective institutions work with a range of external partners to plan challenging and imaginative programmes for learners and to raise their ambitions for the future. Staff in most institutions overcome considerable difficulties to make the accommodation as pleasant as possible through, for example, the imaginative use of learners’ artwork. Incentives are generally used well to encourage the young people.

Increasingly, planned educational provision within secure children’s homes is contributing to the five outcomes of the Every Child Matters legislation, especially to ‘be healthy’, with many units aspiring to the Healthy Schools initiative. However, little focus is given to the Every Child Matters agenda for children and young people in young offender institutions. Limited opportunities for release on temporary licence severely inhibit the preparation of young people to gain employment and so to achieve economic well-being on their return to the community.

The management of unacceptable behaviour has improved further in the institutions inspected. Behaviour is good in institutions where the behaviour policy is understood clearly and applied consistently. In young offender institutions, there has been a marked reduction in the number of young people being returned to residential wings from education for poor behaviour. Relationships between prison and residential care staff and education staff across the range of secure accommodation are generally good. Progress in making sure that education and training are given priority within settings is variable.

Too often, security issues inhibit access to appropriate provision for children and young people. There remain some aspects of institutional life which have an adverse effect on the quality of educational provision. For example, moving the young people from residential accommodation to teaching areas often takes too long so that they arrive late and learning time is lost.

The provision for young people about to return to the outside world remains uneven in quality. Not enough is done to help them prepare for their release and there are not enough opportunities for them to access vocational learning or to develop independent living skills. Links between education and resettlement departments are often tenuous. The quality of careers guidance and education is often inadequate. The failure to provide suitable education and training to young people for the community element of their sentences, or upon release, remains a significant concern.

The quality of leadership and management has improved in most of the secure estates inspected. Senior managers now place more emphasis on improving the quality of provision, but in some settings this has not yet resulted in improved outcomes. There is greater rigour in institutional self-assessment and in the evaluation of teaching and learning, but there is still some overestimation of effectiveness.

Her Majesty’s Chief Inspector of Education, Children’s Services and Skills Annual Report 2007/08

Quality and Standards: Educational provision for children and young people in secure settings

Provision of education and training in the four secure training centres was inspected during 2007/08. Of these, education and training are outstanding in one, good in two and satisfactory in the fourth. There were full inspections of seven secure children’s homes, of which one is outstanding, three are good and three are satisfactory. There were two full inspections of young offender institutions holding children; both of these institutions are satisfactory.

The improvements reported in last year’s Annual Report have been strengthened, especially in the behaviour of children and young people. In most institutions, leadership and management are successful in supporting children’s personal and social development. Education in the secure children’s homes inspected makes a strong contribution to the Every Child Matters outcomes, with children understanding and following healthy lifestyles and knowing how to stay safe.

On arrival in secure institutions, many children and young people have poor attitudes to learning and experiences of it; indeed, many are unused to participating in structured education of any kind. Behaviour is managed more successfully than in the past and improves quickly. Most behaviour is now good in the institutions inspected. This is achieved most effectively where care staff and teachers collaborate and manage behaviour consistently.

Initial assessment of children’s and young people’s levels of literacy and numeracy is well established and effective. Nearly all children and young people enter institutions with levels of literacy and numeracy well below those found nationally for their ages. There has been an appropriate emphasis on improving basic skills and children make very good progress when opportunities for improving literacy and numeracy are linked to subjects across the curriculum. Most young people leave custody with some form of accreditation in these essential skills and, more generally, levels of accreditation are now at least satisfactory in most of the institutions inspected.

Teaching and learning are generally best in vocational and practical subjects, where they are consistently at least satisfactory. In the best classes, teachers have high expectations of learners and plan interesting and varied activities. Less successful lessons provide insufficient challenge, the pace is too slow and young people are bored and lose concentration.

The range of vocational provision is too often narrow. Most children and young people have too few opportunities to gain work-related skills that will help them move on to further education, employment or additional training on release. Evening enrichment activities are available in most institutions and, in some cases, the skills gained by young people are accredited through external qualifications. Often, these activities add significantly to their enjoyment of education.

Guidance and support are generally strengths of the sector. Most institutions have effective initial assessment procedures that identify any additional support needs quickly, although this information is not always used well to inform teaching and learning. Children and young people are helped to settle in quickly through good induction procedures. Target-setting and monitoring of progress have improved; they are now generally good and, in a few cases, outstanding. Some secure children’s homes have developed a system of weekly tutorials which are used well to review progress. Teaching assistants generally provide effective support but, in a few cases, they are not appropriately qualified and are unsure of their role.

The improvements seen in the last two years in leadership and management are now having a positive impact, especially in the areas of managing behaviour and in guidance and support. Institutions are now producing more evaluative self-assessment reports. Frequently, managers identify the key weaknesses and take decisive action that improves outcomes for young people. Lesson observations by managers are now well established and, in most cases, this has contributed to improvements in teaching and learning. Centres use data more effectively to measure learners’ progress and to set challenging targets. Increasingly, institutions are developing procedures to seek the views of the young people and staff, but this is not consistent across the sector. Relationships between care and education staff are generally good, and communication between groups of staff has improved significantly. There is great variation in the quality of resources, especially in terms of accommodation and facilities.

A copy of this reply has been sent to Rt Hon Jim Knight MP, Minister of State for Schools and Learners, and will be placed in the library of both Houses.

GCE A-Level: Disadvantaged

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what A level subjects were taken by each pupil eligible for free schools meals who achieved three A grades at A level in the last year for which data are available. (250156)

GCSE

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many and what proportion of pupils gained five A* to B grades at GCSE in 2008. (251124)

In 2008, 209,961 (32.2 per cent.) pupils at the end of key stage 4 in all schools in England, achieved five or more A* to B grades at GCSE.

GCSE: North Yorkshire

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what percentage of eligible pupils passed GCSEs in (a) English and (b) mathematics, at grades (i) A* and (ii) A to C in Vale of York constituency in each year since 1997. (240562)

The requested information on the percentage of eligible pupils in Vale of York constituency achieving grades A* and A-C in English and mathematics is given in the following table.

EnglishMaths

A*

A-C

A*

A-C

2007

2.5

62.5

3.5

56.0

2006

3.9

55.0

4.4

50.4

2005

2.8

56.6

2.9

53.0

2004

2.8

55.3

2.4

46.5

2003

3.9

56.0

0.9

47.6

2002

2.5

57.4

2.4

50.1

2001

2.6

56.3

1.7

51.7

2000

2.5

54.3

2.0

48.3

1999

2.8

55.9

1.0

46.4

1998

3.1

54.4

1.4

43.6

1997

1.5

51.7

2.1

47.2

Notes:

1. Data from 1997 to 2004 are based on 15-year-old pupils at the start of the academic year. The 2005 to 2007 figure is based on pupils at the end of KS4.

2. Data from 2004 to 2007 include equivalents

GCSEs: Lancashire

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what percentage of GCSE students in schools in West Lancashire constituency achieved five or more A* to C grades including English and mathematics in 2008. (261969)

The information requested is shown in the following table:

Percentage of pupils1 achieving five or more A* to C grades including English and Mathematics at GCSE and equivalent, 20082

Percentage

West Lancashire parliamentary constituency3

42.1

Lancashire local authority

50.8

England4

47.6

1 Figures are based on pupils at the end of key stage 4.

2 Figures are based on revised data.

3 Pupils attending maintained schools located in West Lancashire constituency.

4 Figure includes all schools.

General Certificate of Secondary Education

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what assessment he has made of the causes of the disparity in GCSE attainment between boys and girls. (259594)

Girls have out-performed boys since GCSE examinations were introduced in 1988. In 2008 69.9 per cent. of girls and 60.9 per cent. of boys achieved 5+ A*-C grade GCSEs. Girls are ahead of boys at all stages of education. The gap in England has been broadly stable over two decades, and is in line with that in other OECD countries.

The reasons are complex but appear mainly related to differences of biology, maturation, and attitudes to learning and reading at different ages. The Department’s 2007 research paper “Gender and education: the evidence on pupils in England”, of which there is a copy in the Library of the House, sets out the research evidence.

Two points should be noted: first, boys’ GCSE attainment has improved sharply over the past decade, broadly keeping pace with that of girls; second, gender gaps can be minimised by good teaching practice and by the encouragement of reading, ensuring that pupils of both genders make good progress.

Through its “Gender Agenda” programme the Department has been leading a programme of action research activities designed to identify and spread good practice in raising boys’ motivation and attainment. An interim report has been published and a final report will be made available at the end of the programme.

Members: Correspondence

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families when he plans to reply to the letter from the hon. Member for Totnes of 21 January 2009 on funding for a new school building at Dartmouth Community college. (262574)

[holding answer 10 March 2009]: The Department's correspondence handling system shows no record of the letter in question. If the hon. Member forwards a copy of the letter to the Department it will be answered in line with Whitehall standards.

Orders and Regulations

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many statutory instruments have been laid before the House by his Department in each year since 1997; and if he will make a statement. (259488)

The Department for Children, Schools and Families (DCSF) was established on 28 June 2007. Its predecessors were the Department for Education and Employment (DfEE) from 5 July 1995 to 10 June 2001 and the Department for Education and Skills (DfES) from 11 June 2001 to 27 June 2007.

All statutory instruments are ‘made’ (signed) by Ministers or senior officials. Not all statutory instruments are required to be ‘laid’ before the House of Commons and House of Lords.

The records for the Department for Children, Schools and Families and its predecessors show only the numbers of statutory instruments made and not the numbers laid. The number of statutory instruments made each year since 1997 were as follows:

DfEE

DfES

DCSF

1997

70

1998

144

1999

231

2000

164

2001

91

100

2002

168

2003

142

2004

124

2005

150

2006

127

2007

113

44

2008

132

Primary Education: Admissions

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many children in each local authority have not been allocated a place at a primary school for September 2009; and if he will make a statement. (261603)

The Department does not collect data on offers of primary school places or on the number of unplaced children. Local authorities are under a duty to make sure that every child of compulsory school age has a suitable school place.

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what account (a) his Department and (b) local education authorities in Greater London took of the effect of (i) the birth rate and (ii) Greater London Authority forecasts of the number of children entering primary education in (A) 2000 and (B) 2005 when determining policy on the provision; by what plans he has to take account of the demand for primary school places following changes in the birth rate in (1) 2009, (2) 2012 and (3) 2015; and if he will make a statement. (262552)

In reply to part (a) of your question, when determining policy on the provision of school places, the Department took no direct account of the birth rate or of GLA forecasts of the number of children entering primary education in 2000, 2005 or 2009. Local authorities are responsible for planning provision for their areas. The Department allocates basic need capital to enable authorities to fund new places in response to pupil number growth. To ensure that local authorities can plan strategically, funding is fixed for three years at the beginning of each spending review period (the current period runs from April 2008 to March 2011). In determining basic need allocations, the Department uses local authorities’ own pupil number forecasts, expecting authorities themselves to take account of local factors that will influence future pupil numbers such as birth rate, new housing and population migration. The Department relies on the accuracy of local authority forecasts as it does not hold back funds to allow for future changes.

In reply to part (b) of your question, the Department does not collect information on the extent to which local education authorities in Greater London take account of the birth rate and GLA forecasts of the number of children entering primary education.

All basic need resources for 2008-09 to 2010-11 have been allocated. However, the Department is reviewing emerging pupil number trends to inform the spending review period 2011-12 onwards and will consider whether to continue allocating all basic need funding at the beginning of a new CSR period.

Pupil Referral Units

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many (a) dually registered and (b) other pupils attended pupil referral units in each local authority area in each year since 1997. (259298)

Pupils: Absenteeism

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many and what proportion of children in each decile of area deprivation by (a) pupil residence and (b) school location were classified as persistent absentees in each of the last three years. (260542)

The information requested is shown in the following table for 2006/07 only. Information for previous years is not available.

Number and percentage1 of persistent absentees in schools2,3 by IDACI decile4 of pupil residence5 and school location, 2006/07

By pupil residence

By school location

Number

Percentage

Number

Percentage

0-10% most deprived areas

60,249

7.4

33,296

5.4

10-20%

46,781

6.4

32,133

5.1

20-30%

37,625

5.6

31,268

4.8

30-40%

30,003

4.7

30,644

4.5

40-50%

23,332

3.9

29,592

4.3

50-60%

19,121

3.2

28,498

4.0

60-70%

15,845

2.7

23,105

3.6

70-80%

13,321

2.3

21,544

3.4

80-90%

10,653

1.8

22,011

3.3

90-100% least deprived areas

8,510

1.5

20,863

3.2

Total

265,440

4.1

272,954

4.1

1 Number of Persistent Absentees expressed as a percentage of the total number of enrolments.

2 Includes middle schools as deemed.

3 School coverage is maintained primary and secondary schools, maintained and non-maintained special schools, city technology colleges and academies. Excludes general hospital schools.

4 2004 Income Deprivation Affecting Children Index at Super Output Area level.

5 Pupil residency figures include only those pupils with a valid postcode.

Religion: Curriculum

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what provision is made within the national curriculum for the discussion of non-religious beliefs. (261880)

Religious education (RE) is a statutory part of the basic school curriculum. Schools must teach RE according to locally agreed syllabuses or in the case of voluntary aided schools with a religious character, according to the trust deed of the school. Local Standing Advisory Councils for RE (SACREs) have the responsibility to ensure that local syllabuses develop pupils’ knowledge, understanding and awareness of Christianity and the major religions represented in the country and reflect the values and traditions of the community. RE encourages respect for those holding different beliefs and helps promote pupils’ moral, cultural and spiritual development.

In 2004, the Department with the QCA published a non-statutory framework for RE which has been supported by all the main faith groups and the British Humanist Association. It says that pupils should learn about Christianity throughout each key stage and, by the end of Key Stage 3, pupils should have encountered the other five principal religions (Buddhism, Hinduism, Islam, Judaism and Sikhism) in sufficient depth. It also recommends that pupils have opportunities to study other religious traditions such as the Baha’i faith, Jainism, Zoroastrianism and secular philosophies such as humanism.

Schools: Admissions

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many maintained schools other than grammar schools select a proportion of their pupils on the basis of aptitude in a particular subject; and if he will make a statement. (262326)

Following local consultation, maintained schools may introduce selection of up to 10 per cent. of their intake on the basis of aptitude for prescribed subjects.

As these arrangements are determined locally, we do not hold data centrally on the number of schools who do so.

Schools: Anti-Semitism

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what requests he has received from the Jewish community for additional school security measures in the last three months. (261740)

The Secretary of State received one letter on this issue since the beginning of December 2008. This was a letter dated 1 December from the Community Security Trust. That letter followed previous exchanges and expressed the Trust’s hope that the Department’s Targeted Capital Fund might provide additional funding for security at Jewish schools.

Schools: Warnings

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many warning notices have been issued to schools by each local authority in each year from 1997 to 2008; and if he will make a statement. (261645)

Local authorities are not currently required to inform the Secretary of State if they issue a warning notice but since April 2007 (when the Education and Inspections Act 2006 came into force) have been under a duty to copy all warning notices to Her Majesty's Chief Inspector of Schools.

Between April 2007 and August 2008 17 warning notices were issued to schools Between September 2008 and mid February 2009, 24 warning notices have been issued.

Science: GCSE

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many children in (a) England, (b) Kent and (c) Ashford constituency took one or more science GCSE in the last five year period for which figures are available. (249185)

The figures available are given in the following table.

Number of children who took one or more science GCSE

2008

2007

2006

2005

England

592,209

599,687

592,850

583,282

Maintained Schools1

549,813

551,401

544,766

536,866

Kent1

15,595

15,563

15,263

15,218

Ashford2

1,118

986

1,036

1,045

1 Including academies.

2 Based on school location.

Notes:

1. The data for 2004 are not comparable.

2. Data presented on same basis as table 10, 11 and 12 of the 2008 GCSE SFR.

Source:

Attainment and Achievement Table

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many schools entered one or more pupils for separate sciences at GCSE in the most recent year for which figures are available. (249886)

In 2008, 1,474 maintained mainstream schools entered one or more pupils for either physics, chemistry or biology GCSE.

Secondary Education: Chelmsford

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many children were not offered a place at their first preference secondary school in West Chelmsford constituency in each of the last five years. (261764)

2008 was the first year that local authorities were required to provide data to the Secretary of State on secondary school offers made to parents on the day that parents are notified of their school places. Data was not collected at a constituency level. Figures for Essex local authority, in which West Chelmsford constituency is situated, showed that 19.2 per cent. (3,087) of children resident in that authority who were eligible to transfer to secondary school in September 2008 were not offered a place at their parents' first choice school. 96 per cent. were offered a preferred school.

The day that parents are notified of their secondary school place is the first part of the process of obtaining a preferred school. These figures are likely to have changed by September as places became available or appeals were successful.

Data on 2009 secondary school applications and offers will be published on 12 March.

Social Services: Co-operation

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what recent assessment he has made of the effectiveness of procedures for co-operation between education and social services at local authority level. (258202)

Since 1 January 2008, the Children Act 2004, which followed the Victoria Climbié inquiry and the “Every Child Matters” Green Paper, has required local authorities to have a single director of children’s services with responsibility for education and children’s social services. This single officer provides a clear line of accountability for, and strong leadership of, all children’s services.

Inspectorates assess the effectiveness of children’s services. Until 2008, Ofsted made an annual performance assessment (APA) of each council’s children’s services. Inspectorates undertook a joint area review (JAR) of children’s services in each local authority area during the period from 2005 to 2008.

From 2009, APAs and JARs will be replaced by a new comprehensive area assessment (CAA), led by the Audit Commission and including Ofsted and other relevant inspectorates. CAAs will report annually on services, including children’s services, in each local authority area. Ofsted will lead a programme to inspect children’s safeguarding and services for looked-after children, in each local authority area every three years. Inspectors may also decide to carry out inspections on other services, should a CAA report indicate that they are poor and not improving.

Special Educational Needs

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how much was spent on issuing statements of special educational needs in each local authority area in the most recent year for which figures are available. (256343)

The Department does not collect the information on how much was spent on issuing statements of special educational needs. However, the information provided to the Department by local authorities on their total planned net expenditure on the administration, assessment and co-ordination of statements for 2008-09 is contained within the following table.

Local authority name

Table 1: 2.0.2 SEN administration assessment and co-ordination

England

86,016,000

Barking and Dagenham

277,000

Barnet

1,330,000

Barnsley

297,000

Bath and NE Somerset

188,000

Bedfordshire

716,000

Bexley

290,000

Birmingham

2,180,000

Blackburn and Darwen

294,000

Blackpool

293,000

Bolton

360,000

Bournemouth

300,000

Bracknell Forest

196,000

Bradford

893,000

Brent

990,000

Brighton and Hove

234,000

Bromley

829,000

Buckinghamshire

2,926,000

Bury

0

Calderdale

134,000

Cambridgeshire

815,000

Camden

982,000

Cheshire

1,334,000

City of Bristol

473,000

City of Kingston-upon-Hull

337,000

City of London

8,000

City of Nottingham

68,000

City of Peterborough

357,000

City of Plymouth

241,000

Cornwall

1,232,000

Coventry

497,000

Croydon

670,000

Cumbria

1,028,000

Darlington

219,000

Derby

100,000

Derbyshire

1,202,000

Devon

656,000

Doncaster

365,000

Dorset

569,000

Dudley

961,000

Durham

766,000

Ealing

457,000

East Riding of Yorkshire

127,000

East Sussex

1,370,000

Enfield

555,000

Essex

0

Gateshead

436,000

Gloucestershire

445,000

Greenwich

765,000

Hackney

524,000

Halton

187,000

Hammersmith and Fulham

390,000

Hampshire

2,035,000

Haringey

680,000

Harrow

171,000

Hartlepool

81,000

Havering

339,000

Herefordshire

586,000

Hertfordshire

2,781,000

Hillingdon

507,000

Hounslow

479,000

Isle of Wight

261,000

Isles of Scilly

7,000

Islington

631,000

Kensington and Chelsea

511,000

Kent

3,126,000

Kingston-upon-Thames

298,000

Kirklees

339,000

Knowsley

339,000

Lambeth

129,000

Lancashire

0

Leeds

344,000

Leicester City

501,000

Leicestershire

624,000

Lewisham

608,000

Lincolnshire

2,105,000

Liverpool

97,000

Luton

286,000

Manchester

134,000

Medway

353,000

Merton

545,000

Middlesbrough

286,000

Milton Keynes

1,002,000

Newcastle upon Tyne

28,000

Newham

1,444,000

Norfolk

1,769,000

North East Lincolnshire

599,000

North Lincolnshire

107,000

North Somerset

286,000

North Tyneside

293,000

North Yorkshire

980,000

Northamptonshire

674,000

Northumberland

575,000

Nottinghamshire

657,000

Oldham

247,000

Oxfordshire

1,024,000

Poole

213,000

Portsmouth

203,000

Reading

118,000

Redbridge

0

Redcar and Cleveland

95,000

Richmond-upon-Thames

355,000

Rochdale

367,000

Rotherham

337,000

Rutland

186,000

Salford

392,000

Sandwell

803,000

Sefton

134,000

Sheffield

579,000

Shropshire

92,000

Slough

260,000

Solihull

178,000

Somerset

1,322,000

South Gloucestershire

449,000

South Tyneside

413,000

Southampton

296,000

Southend

305,000

Southwark

635,000

St Helens

250,000

Staffordshire

834,000

Stockport

389,000

Stockton-on-Tees

271,000

Stoke

306,000

Suffolk

469,000

Sunderland

365,000

Surrey

1,866,000

Sutton

562,000

Swindon

281,000

Tameside

385,000

Telford and Wrekin

331,000

Thurrock

383,000

Torbay

161,000

Tower Hamlets

737,000

Trafford

496,000

Wakefield

159,000

Walsall

498,000

Waltham Forest

666,000

Wandsworth

632,000

Warrington

401,000

Warwickshire

1,410,000

West Berkshire

229,000

West Sussex

513,000

Westminster

810,000

Wigan

939,000

Wiltshire

946,000

Windsor and Maidenhead

245,000

Wirral

382,000

Wokingham

616,000

Wolverhampton

353,000

Worcestershire

1,613,000

York

57,000

Notes:

Bury, Essex, Lancashire and Redbridge local authorities have recorded zero for line 2.0.2. These LAs have recorded some elements of SEN administration assessment and co-ordination within other SEN lines in the data collection. Lines include 2.0.1 (Educational Psychology Service), 1.2.1 (Provision for pupils with SEN, (including assigned resources), 1.2.2 (Provision for pupils with SEN, provision not included in line 1.2.1) and 1.2.3 (Support for inclusion). Detailed guidance is provided by DCSF on how to complete various lines in the data collection. It is however for each local authority to determine how they eventually record these activities.

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families which maintained special schools have been assessed as inadequate by Ofsted in each of the last 10 years. (257657)

This is a matter for Ofsted. HM Chief Inspector, Christine Gilbert, has written to the hon. Member and a copy of her reply has been placed in the Libraries.

Letter from Christine Gilbert:

Your recent parliamentary question has been passed to me, as Her Majesty's Chief Inspector, for a response.

Tables A-J show all maintained special schools which have been placed in special measures in each academic year in the last ten years. Special measures is an Ofsted category, defined at present in the Education Act 2005, meaning that a school is failing to give its pupils an acceptable standard of education and the persons responsible for leading, managing or governing the school are not demonstrating the capacity to secure the necessary improvement.

Please be aware that the framework for inspecting maintained special schools changed in January 2000, September 2003 and September 2005. As a result, there has been no consistent 'inadequate' category over this period. These tables are, therefore, limited to those maintained special schools placed in special measures, as this category has been in place throughout the period in question.

A copy of this reply has been sent to right hon. Jim Knight MP, Minister of State for Schools and Learners, and will be placed in the Library of both Houses.

Table A: Maintained special schools placed in special measures in 2007-08 (six maintained special schools)

URN

School name

LA name

132008

Burwood School

Bromley

113963

Longspee School

Poole

131296

Montrose

Wigan

115817

Cam House School

Gloucestershire

123631

Southall School

Telford and Wrekin

119882

North Cliffe School

Lancashire

Table B: Maintained special schools placed in special measures in 2006-07 (11 maintained special schools)

URN

School name

LA name

113636

Barley Lane School

Devon

119869

Massey Hall School

Lancashire

102557

Syon Park School

Hounslow

110946

Spring Common School

Cambridgeshire

123939

The Priory School

Somerset

111502

Cloughwood School

Cheshire

108129

Elmete Wood-BESD

Leeds

126170

Cornfield School, Littlehampton

West Sussex

128190

Pathways Special School

Redcar & Cleveland

115451

Homestead School

Essex

104496

Highfield School

Knowsley

Table C: Maintained special schools placed in special measures in 2005-06 (two maintained special schools)

URN

School name

LA name

115443

Priory School

Southend-On-Sea

122962

Woodlands School

Nottingham City

Table D: Maintained special schools placed in special measures in 2004-05 (eight maintained special schools)

URN

School name

LA name

107468

Wedgwood School and Community Nursery

Bradford

109747

Oak Bank School

Bedfordshire

132156

Kingshill School

Wigan

126168

Abbotsford Community Special School

West Sussex

119895

Brookfield School

Lancashire

106968

Kelford School

Rotherham

106971

Whiston Grange School

Rotherham

109397

Wansdyke School

Bath and North East Somerset

Table E: Maintained special schools placed in special measures in 2003-04 (13 maintained special schools)

URN

School name

LA name

103761

Dartmouth School

Coventry

109398

Lime Grove Special School

Bath and North East Somerset

125457

St Nicholas School

Surrey

115819

Sandford School

Gloucestershire

109741

Rainbow School

Bedfordshire

122154

The Orchard School

Northamptonshire

123346

Northfield School

Oxfordshire

105614

Meade Hill School

Manchester

105755

Hardman Fold Community Special School

Oldham

103880

The Old Park School

Dudley

106548

Two Porches School

Wigan

131491

Redgrave School

Worcestershire

115475

Lexden Springs School

Essex

Table F: Maintained special schools placed in special measures in 2002-03 (18 maintained special schools)

URN

School name

LA name

131817

Brookfield School

Herefordshire

101853

Beckmead School

Croydon

107173

East Hill Primary School

Sheffield

119033

Halstead Place School

Kent

107181

Dr John Worrall School

Sheffield

133442

The Michael Tippett School

Lambeth

132122

Mount Gilbert School

Telford and Wrekin

133432

Silverdale School

North Tyneside

132157

Highlea Secondary School

Wigan

106011

Mew Park High School

Salford

118140

Oakfield

Kingston Upon Hull

108121

Stonegate School

Leeds

131988

Thomas Bewick School

Newcastle Upon Tyne

133401

Waterside School

Greenwich

113648

Brook Green Centre for Learning

Plymouth

105623

Southern Cross School

Manchester

104026

Whittington Grange School

Sandwell

100761

Anerley School for Boys

Lewisham

Table G: Maintained special schools placed in special measures in 2001-02 (six maintained special schools)

URN

School name

LA name

131692

Lever Park School

Bolton

130353

Oaklands School

Leicester City

116638

Hawthorns School

Hampshire

131598

Ian Mikardo School

Tower Hamlets

110937

Littleton House School

Cambridgeshire

105624

Castlefield School

Manchester

Table H: Maintained special schools placed in special measures in 2000-01 (nine maintained special schools)

URN

School name

LA name

102878

Little Heath School

Redbridge

131594

Nightingale School

Wandsworth

102557

Syon Park School

Hounslow

125466

Wey House School

Surrey

109747

Oak Bank School

Bedfordshire

131491

Redgrave School

Worcestershire

117050

Cliffey House School

Worcestershire

107800

Hartshead Moor School

Kirklees

103115

Hawkswood School and Centre

Waltham Forest

Table I: Maintained special schools placed in special measures in 1999-2000 (15 maintained special schools)

URN

School name

LA name

111779

King Edwin School

Stockton-on-Tees

110189

Phoenix College

Reading

118151

South Wolds School

East Riding of Yorkshire

126547

St Lukes School

Swindon

132008

Burwood School

Bromley

103606

Baskerville School

Birmingham

115449

Ramsden Hall School

Essex

110938

The Lady Adrian Special School

Cambridgeshire

104414

Tettenhall Wood School

Wolverhampton

125480

Philip Southcote School

Surrey

104739

Lower Lee School

Liverpool

106545

Hindley Borsdane Brook School

Wigan

109399

Filton Park School

South Gloucestershire

104979

Merefield School

Sefton

102261

Whittlesea School

Harrow

Table J: Special schools placed in special measures in 1998-99 (17 maintained special schools)

URN

School name

LA name

118144

Kings Mill School

East Riding of Yorkshire

107179

Deerlands School

Sheffield

111496

Fox Wood Special School

Warrington

124905

Warren School

Suffolk

108122

Richard Oastler School

Leeds

107804

Nortonthorpe Hall School

Kirklees

101395

Northway School

Barnet

108742

Greenfields School

South Tyneside

114678

The Alternative Centre for Education

Brighton and Hove

109412

Fulford School

City of Bristol

103628

Oscott Manor School

Birmingham

102792

Beckton Special School

Newham

104273

Daw End School

Walsall

108882

Sunningdale School

Sunderland

125795

River House School

Warwickshire

125479

John Nightingale School

Surrey

120362

Millgate School

Leicester City

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what percentage of children in each decile of area deprivation by (a) pupil residence and (b) school location have been recorded as having (i) statemented and (ii) non-statemented special educational needs. (260288)

The information requested is shown in the following tables.

(i) Percentage of children in schools1, 2 with a statement of special educational needs3 by IDACI decile4 of pupil residence and school location, 2008

Percentage of children with a statement of SEN

IDACI decile4

By pupil residency

By school location

0-10% most deprived areas

3.4

2.9

10-20%

3.4

3.2

20-30%

3.4

2.9

30-40%

3.1

3.4

40-50%

2.9

2.8

50-60%

2.6

2.7

60-70%

2.5

2.7

70-80%

2.3

2.5

80-90%

2.2

2.7

90-100% least deprived areas

2.1

2.7

(ii) Percentage of children in schools1, 2 with special educational needs3 but without a statement by IDACI decile4 of pupil residence and school location, 2008

Percentage of children with SEN but without a statement

IDACI decile4

By pupil residency

By school location

0-10% most deprived areas

26.0

24.3

10-20%

23.8

22.9

20-30%

21.6

20.7

30-40%

19.4

19.1

40-50%

17.3

17.4

50-60%

15.3

16.4

60-70%

13.9

15.5

70-80%

12.6

14.7

80-90%

11.6

13.8

90-100% least deprived areas

9.9

12.8

1 Excludes dually registered pupils.

2 Includes maintained and non-maintained special schools. Excludes general hospital schools.

3 Excludes pupils whose SEN status is unknown.

4 Income Deprivation Affecting Children Indices.

Source:

Spring 2008 School Census.

Special Educational Needs: Disadvantaged

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families pursuant to the answer of 25 February 2009, Official Report, columns 816-7W, on special educational needs: disadvantaged, what the proportion of pupils with special educational needs was in each (a) decile and (b) year referred to in the table. (260480)

The information requested is as follows.

Proportion of pupils1 with special educational needs2 by IDACI3 decile of known residence, 2004, 2007 and 2008

Primary schools

Secondary schools4

2004

2007

2008

2004

2007

2008

0 to 10% most deprived

24.8

26.7

26.6

25.8

29.5

31.4

10 to 20%

22.9

24.6

24.9

22.8

26.3

27.9

20 to 30%

21.0

22.4

23.3

20.2

23.1

24.8

30 to 40%

19.2

20.9

21.3

17.5

20.4

21.8

40 to 50%

17.4

18.8

19.1

15.3

17.7

19.4

50 to 60%

15.6

17.0

17.2

13.5

15.7

16.9

60 to 70%

14.2

15.4

15.9

12.2

14.3

15.3

70 to 80%

13.0

14.3

14.5

10.7

12.8

13.8

80 to 90%

11.9

13.0

13.4

9.8

11.6

12.8

90 to 100% least deprived

10.5

11.7

11.7

8.3

10.1

10.8

1 Excludes dually registered pupils.

2 Excludes pupils whose SEN status is unknown.

3 Income Deprivation Affecting Children Indices.

4 Includes CTCs and academies.

Source:

School Census

Special Educational Needs: Pupil Exclusions

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families pursuant to the answer of 3 February 2009, Official Report, column 1071W, on special educational needs: pupil exclusions, when information on exclusions from pupil referral units ceased to be collected; and for what reasons the decision to cease collection was taken. (261580)

As part of the Department’s efforts to reduce burdens on educational establishments, separate collections of exclusion information ceased in 2006. For mainstream schools, exclusions data is now returned through the School Census. A pilot was held to collect School Census data from Pupil Referral Units. The issues from that pilot are being addressed and a Pupil Referral Unit Census, including exclusion information, will be introduced in January 2010.

Teachers: Sick Leave

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what the average number of days sickness taken per teacher in (a) primary and (b) secondary schools was (i) in total and (ii) in each decile of area deprivation in each year for which figures are available. (261605)

The information requested is not available broken down by phase of education or decile of area deprivation.

Information for full-time and part-time teacher sickness absence in local authority maintained schools in England in calendar years 2000 to 2007 is available in table 13 of the school workforce statistical first release and is available at the following link:

http://www.dcsf.gov.uk/rsgatewav/DB/SFR/s000813/SFR262008 tables.xls

Duchy of Lancaster

Central Office of Information: Manpower

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster if he will publish the information held on the (a) Knowledge Archive and (b) Retain databases on the Central Office of Information (i) employee headcount, (ii) job titles in use and (iii) staff allocations between divisions in each year since 2006-07. (249953)

The information requested falls within the responsibility of the Central Office of Information. I have asked the chief executive to reply.

Letter from Alan Bishop, dated 30 January 2009:

As Chief Executive of the Central Office of Information (COI), I have been asked to reply to your recent Parliamentary Question (249953) to place in the Library a copy of the information held on the Knowledge Archive and Retain databases detailing information on employee headcount, job titles in use and allocation of staff between divisions in each year since 2006-07.

The Knowledge Archive is an IT programme that categorises jobs by different headings such as type or subject in order to locate them more easily in our records. It does not have data about employee headcount, job titles or staff allocation between divisions.

Retain is a proprietary resource planning IT tool used in just one division of COI to help manage project workflow. It does not have data about employee headcount, COI wide job titles or staff allocation between divisions.

Disclosure of Information: Home Office

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster what discussions his special adviser has had with (a) Ministers, (b) civil servants and (c) others on the police investigation into the unauthorised disclosure of documents from the Home Office. (261457)

Eco-towns

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster whether the Duchy of Lancaster has been involved in bids for, or considered any involvement in eco-town developments. (258121)

Government Departments: Manpower

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster how many people have been employed by Government departments or agencies on (a) a permanent basis and (b) a temporary basis in each year since 1997, broken down by Department or agency; and in each case how many of those employees were (i) born in the UK and (ii) not born in the UK. (261035)

The information requested falls within the responsibility of the UK statistics Authority. I have asked the authority to reply.

Letter from Karen Dunnell, dated March 2009:

As National Statistician I have been asked to reply to your recent Parliamentary Question concerning how many people have been employed by Government departments or agencies on (a) a permanent basis and (b) a temporary basis in each year since 1997, broken down by department or agency; and in each case how many employees were (i) born in the UK and (ii) not born in the UK. (261035)

The Office for National Statistics collects detailed diversity statistics for people employed by Government departments and agencies as part of the Annual Civil Service Employment Survey (ACSES). Information relating to whether employees were born (or not born) in the UK has never been collected as part of Civil Service Statistics.

The number of people employed by Government departments or agencies on a permanent and temporary basis up to 2005 was published by Cabinet Office and is available on-line:

http://beta.civilservice.gov.uk/about/who/statistics/archived-reports.aspx

The number of people employed by Government departments or agencies on a permanent and temporary basis, post-2005, as published by Office for National Statistics, is detailed in Annex A.

Civil Service employment by Department and appointment status1—All employees

Headcount

20062,3

20074

20085

Department

Permanent

Temporary/casual

Permanent

Temporary/casual

Permanent

Temporary/casual

Attorney-General’s Departments

Attorney-General’s Office

40

0

50

0

50

0

Crown Prosecution Service

9,040

10

8,410

370

8,330

400

Crown Prosecution Service Inspectorate

40

0

40

10

40

10

Revenue and Customs Prosecutions Office

300

0

290

0

Serious Fraud Office

310

0

310

*

Treasury Solicitor

720

0

700

20

750

10

Business, Enterprise and regulatory Reform6

Department of Trade and Industry6

4,570

20

Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform (excl. agencies)

3,430

10

3,450

20

Advisory Conciliation and Arbitration Service

730

60

740

60

Companies House

1,120

*

1,120

70

Insolvency Service

2,190

30

2,430

20

2,530

10

Office of Fair Trading

570

10

580

10

Office of Gas and Electricity Market

280

10

280

20

Postal Services Commission

60

*

60

*

Small Business Service7

180

*

Employment Tribunals Service8

Cabinet Office

Cabinet Office (excl. agencies)

1,360

20

1,230

10

Privy Council Office9

Other Cabinet Office agencies

Central Office of information

620

50

690

110

National School of Government

250

0

240

0

Parliamentary Counsel Office

80

0

70

0

HM Treasury

HM Treasury

1,170

60

1,130

60

1,080

70

HM Revenue and Customs

HM Revenue and Customs10

89,910

2,200

88,900

2,050

Former Inland Revenue10

79,620

0

Former Customs and Excise10

Valuation Office

4,770

0

4,360

20

4,280

30

Chancellor’s other departments

Debt Management Office

70

*

80

*

Government Actuary’s Department

100

0

100

0

100

0

National Savings and Investments

120

*

130

*

Office for National Statistics

3,530

230

3,240

230

3,160

200

Office of Government Commerce

240

10

180

50

OGC Buying.solutions

280

*

260

*

Royal Mint

730

120

670

50

710

40

Charity Commission

Charity Commission

550

10

500

10

490

10

Children, Schools and Families

Department for Children, Schools and Families11

3,490

20

3,340

10

Education and Skills

Department for Education and Skills12

4,320

20

Innovation, Universities and Skills

Department for Innovation, Universities and Skills13

790

*

790

*

National Weights and Measures Laboratory

50

*

50

*

50

0

UK Intellectual Property Office

960

0

1,010

0

1,000

0

Office for Standards in Education

Office for Standards in Education

2,630

120

2,460

110

Communities and Local Government

Department for Communities and Local Government (excl. agencies)

3,660

40

2,880

60

2,930

60

Fire Service College

250

0

240

*

Ordnance Survey

1,450

0

1,400

20

1,390

20

Planning Inspectorate

960

20

860

0

840

0

Queen Elizabeth II Conference Centre

50

*

50

*

Culture, Media and Sport

Department for Culture, Media and Sport

580

0

520

*

470

10

Royal Parks

90

10

90

10

100

0

Defence

Ministry of Defence

74,720

1,140

70,210

930

68,220

790

Royal Fleet Auxiliary

2,370

0

2,350

0

2,280

0

Army Base Repair Organisation

2,150

0

2,160

20

2,340

30

Defence Aviation Repair Agency

2,500

0

2,030

20

2,000

20

Defence Science and Technology Laboratory

3,390

0

3,350

40

3,410

40

Meteorological Office

1,700

0

1,660

20

1,770

20

UK Hydro graphic Office

970

0

1,040

10

1,040

10

Environment, Food and Rural Affairs

Department for Environment Food and Rural Affairs (excl. agencies)

5,690

120

3,630

50

3,050

40

Animal Health

1,430

60

1,690

40

1,640

30

Central Science Laboratory

680

70

640

30

640

20

Centre for Environment Fisheries and Aquaculture Science

550

*

550

10

530

10

Government Decontamination Services

20

*

20

*

30

*

Marine Fisheries Agency

160

0

180

*

180

0

Office of Water Services

190

10

200

10

200

10

Pesticides Safety Directorate

200

10

190

*

180

*

Rural Payments Agency

3,550

200

3,440

100

Veterinary Laboratories Agency

1,320

30

1,290

30

1,280

20

Veterinary Medicines Directorate

150

0

140

0

140

0

Export Credit Guarantee Department

Export Credit Guarantee Department

260

*

220

0

210

0

Foreign and Commonwealth Office

Foreign and Commonwealth Office (excl. agencies)

6,610

50

6,070

0

5,950

0

Wilton Park Executive Agency

70

0

80

0

70

0

Health

Department of Health (excl. agencies)

2,590

40

2,200

30

2,180

40

Food Standards Agency

780

20

770

20

Meat Hygiene Service

1,330

10

1,230

10

Medical and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency

830

40

860

40

National Healthcare Purchasing and Supplies Agency

320

10

270

*

NHS Business Services Authority14

250

0

240

0

Home Office

Home Office (excl. Agencies)

24,830

460

2,670

90

2,720

50

Border and Immigration Agency15

18,430

210

19,290

70

Criminal Records Bureau

430

0

480

0

Identity and Passport Service

4,030

20

4,050

10

Office for Security and Counter-Terrorism16

220

10

250

*

Assets Recovery Agency17

180

10

Justice

Ministry of Justice (excl. agencies)

3,590

110

3,680

110

HM Courts Service

20,960

500

20,830

610

Land Registry

8,500

30

8,210

30

8,020

40

National Archives

600

10

610

10

Public Guardianship Office

330

*

310

*

Public Sector Prison Service

48,010

1,140

49,170

1,130

49,970

1,280

Scotland Office

50

0

30

0

60

0

Tribunals Service

2,850

140

2,840

140

Wales Office

50

*

50

10

International Development

Department for International Development

1,740

0

1,670

*

Northern Ireland Office

Northern Ireland Office

170

0

140

*

130

*

Security and Intelligence Services

Security and Intelligence Services

5,130

10

5,260

0

5,320

0

Transport

Department for Transport (excl. agencies)

2,280

0

2,000

20

2,020

20

Driver and Vehicle Licensing Agency

6,710

270

6,690

570

6,440

170

Driving Standards Agency

2,740

10

2,650

0

2,700

*

Government Car and Despatch Agency

290

*

310

*

Highways Agency

3,430

0

3,480

10

3,510

10

Maritime and Coastguard Agency

1,240

30

1,180

50

Office of Rail Regulation

330

10

330

10

Vehicle and Operator Services Agency

2,660

0

2,360

110

2,430

120

Vehicle Certification Agency

110

0

120

*

130

*

Work and Pensions

DWP Corporate and Shared Services18

11,200

410

DWP Corporate Services18

5,710

50

5,650

40

DWP Shared Services18

4,600

120

4,450

140

Child Support Agency

12,890

340

11,690

40

10,710

20

Disability and Carers Service

7,300

70

6,550

60

6,270

*

Job Centre Plus

79,040

2,210

73,700

1,160

73,320

1,020

Pension Service

14,330

660

12,500

270

11,670

120

The Health and Safety Executive

4,010

0

3,780

0

3,600

0

The Rent Service

0

0

650

0

570

0

Scottish Government

Scottish Government (excl. agencies)

5,190

80

4,370

40

4,500

90

Communities Scotland

440

*

400

*

360

*

Courts Group

40

0

40

0

30

0

Crown Office and Procurator Fiscal Service

1,560

70

1,560

80

Fisheries Research Services

310

20

310

20

310

10

General Register Scotland

250

10

270

10

280

10

Historic Scotland

990

100

1,000

70

1,020

70

HM Inspectorate of Education

200

*

200

*

200

*

Mental Health Tribunal for Scotland

70

0

70

0

80

0

National Archives for Scotland

150

*

150

10

150

10

Office of Accountant in Bankruptcy

110

*

120

*

100

*

Office of the Scottish Charity Regulator

30

0

40

0

50

0

Registers of Scotland

1,440

20

1,350

10

1,280

30

Scottish Agricultural Scientific Agency

150

10

140

10

140

10

Scottish Buildings Standards Agency

30

0

30

0

30

0

Scottish Court Service

1,200

40

1,290

0

1,400

0

Scottish Fisheries Protection Agency

320

*

310

*

300

10

Scottish Prison Service

4,010

40

4,000

40

Scottish Public Pensions Agency

220

*

220

*

220

0

Social Work Inspection Agency

70

*

50

0

50

0

Student Awards Agency

150

*

150

*

140

*

Transport Scotland

220

*

250

*

250

*

Welsh Assembly

Welsh Assembly Government

5,760

310

5,690

340

5,680

480

ESTYN

100

0

90

0

100

0

Assembly Parliamentary Service19

All employees

477,870

8,290

521,620

10,210

515,660

9,490

1 Numbers are rounded to the nearest ten, and numbers less than five are represented by “*”. Data not available are represented by “—”.

2 Collection reference date 30 September 2006.

3 The data for 2006 is based on the Mandate collection which provides approximately 80 per cent. coverage of Civil Service departments and agencies.

4 Collection reference date 30 September 2007.

5 Collection reference dale 31 March 2008.

6 The Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform was formed in June 2007 from part of the former Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), the Better Regulation Executive (BRE from the Cabinet Office and the Regional Economic Performance Unit from the Department for Communities and Local Government (DCLG).

7 For the 2007 and 2008 collections data for the Small Business Service was included as part of the main Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform (BERR) data.

8 Employment Tribunals Service—Department for Trade and Industry (now Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform) funding ceased from April 2006, as responsibility transferred to Department for Constitutional Affairs (now Ministry of Justice).

9 Privy Council Office ceased to exist 1 April 2007.

10 HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC) was formed on 18 April 2005, following the merger of Inland Revenue and HM Customs and Excise Departments.

11 Department for Children, Schools and Families was formed from part of the Department for Education and Skills in June 2007.

12 Department for Education and Skills (DFES) ceased to exist in June 2007. It was replaced by two new Departments, namely, Department for Children, Schools and Families and Department for Innovation, Universities and Skills.

13 Department for innovation, Universities and Skills was formed from part of the Department for Education and Skills in June 2007

14 NHS Business Services Authority was created 1 October 2005 and began operating on 1 April 2006.

15 Border and Immigration agency were formed 1 April 2007.

16 Office for Security and Counter-Terrorism was formed July 2007.

17 Assets Recovery Agency ceased to exist in its own right as of March 2008.

18 For the 2006 collection DWP provided combined data for its Corporate and Shared Service. For 2007 and 2008 separate data returns were provided for DWP Corporate Services and DWP Shared Services.

19 From 1 April 2007 Assembly Parliamentary Service were no longer classified as Civil Service.

Source:

(Unpublished) Annual Civil Service Employment Survey and Mandate Collection.

Government Departments: Publicity

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster how much was spent by the Government on public relations, advertising and marketing in each year from 1995 to 2005 according to figures held by the Central Office of Information. (247596)

The information requested falls within the responsibility of the Central Office of Information. I have asked the chief executive to reply.

Letter from Alan Bishop, dated 30 January 2009:

As Chief Executive of the Central Office of Information (COI), I have been asked to reply to your recent Parliamentary Question [247596] Government expenditure on public relations, advertising and marketing on figures held by COI for year from 1995 to 2005.

These are listed in the table below.

Year

£ million

1995-06

76

1996-07

81.2

1997-08

68.6

1998-09

126.7

1999-2000

148.6

2000-01

227.1

2001-02

196.7

2002-03

189.8

2003-04

233.6

2004-05

251

Iraq: Weapons

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster pursuant to the 2008 ruling by the Information Tribunal on publication of the John Williams draft of the 2002 Iraq dossier, (1) whether on 9 September 2002 Mr. Williams was (a) present at a meeting and (b) a member of a group tasked with drafting a preliminary document described by that meeting as a 'draft assessment' to be used in the production of a draft dossier; and which other meetings he attended for the purpose of producing a draft dossier; (259731)

(2) whether (a) Mr. Williams and (b) any other communications official subsequently drafted any part of the dossier (i) on and (ii) after 9 September 2002;

(3) whether his Department holds a record of the identities of those officials who drafted any element of the 2002 Iraq dossier on 9 and 10 September 2002 prior to the despatch of a draft by John Scarlett to Alastair Campbell on the evening of 10 September 2002;

(4) who the authors were of the documents submitted by his Department to Lord Hutton's Inquiry and catalogued CAB/23/0005 to CAB/23/0014; which officials added handwritten notes to the documents; and (a) for what purpose and (b) on what date those documents were produced;

(5) whether the inclusion in the 2002 Iraq dossier of reference to intelligence suggesting that Iraq could launch weapons of mass destruction within 45 minutes resulted from the discussion of the Joint Intelligence Committee's assessment of 9 September 2002 at a meeting of the dossier drafting group on the afternoon of 9 September 2002.

[holding answer 27 February 2009]: Matters relating to the weapons of mass destruction (WMD) dossier were examined in great detail by the inquiry led by Lord Hutton, Lord Butler's ‘Review of Intelligence on Weapons of Mass Destruction’ and the Intelligence and Security Committee's report ‘Iraqi WMD—Intelligence and Assessments’.

Media Monitoring Unit

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster what individual annual subscription fees were paid to the Media Monitoring Unit by each subscribing Government department, agency and non-departmental body in the most recent year for which figures are available. (250338)

The information requested falls within the responsibility of the Central Office of Information. I have asked the chief executive to reply.

Letter from Alan Bishop, dated 30 January 2009:

As Chief Executive of the Central Office of Information (COI), I have been asked to reply to your recent Parliamentary Question [250338] listing what individual annual subscription fees were paid to the Media Monitoring Unit by each subscribing Government department, agency and non-departmental body in the most recent year for which figures are available.

These figures are listed in the following table.

2007-08

Customer Name

Total (£)

Attorney General's Office

12,500.00

Bank of England

9,400.00

Cabinet Office

18,500.00

Cabinet Office Communications

75,000.00

Child Exploitation and Online Protection Centre

4,500.00

Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform

68,700.00

Department for Children, Schools and Families

68,700.00

Department for Communities and Local Government

75,000.00

Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs

62,700.00

Department for International Development

30,000.00

Department for Transport

68,700.00

Department for Work and Pensions

68,700.00

Department of Health

68,700.00

Food Standards Agency

22,150.00

Foreign and Commonwealth Office

118,500.00

Health and Safety Executive

17,500.00

Health Protection Agency

9,400.00

HM Revenue and Customs

25,000.00

Home Office

75,000.00

Human Fertilisation and Embryology Authority

9,400.00

Judicial Communications Office for England and Wales

9,400.00

Metropolitan Police Service

17,125.00

Ministry of Defence

68,700.00

Ministry of Justice

37,500.00

Office of Government Commerce

9,400.00

OFSTED

9,400.00

Partnership for Schools

9,400.00

SOCA

9,400.00

Prime Minister's Office

84,000.00

Qualifications and Curriculum Authority

9,400.00

The Wales Office

9,400.00

HMT

68,700.00

Grand Total

1,249,875.00

Ministerial Responsibility

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster with reference to his evidence to the House of Lords Select Committee on Communications on 5 November 2008, question 568, what his definition of a substantial announcement is. (258708)

I would define a substantial announcement as one which should be brought to the House first either via an oral or a written ministerial statement.

Public Sector: Internet

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster how many public sector websites with unique universal resource locators are in operation in England. (250506)

The information requested falls within the responsibility of the Central Office of Information. I have asked the chief executive to reply.

Letter from Alan Bishop, dated 13 January 2009:

As Chief Executive of the Central Office of Information (COI), I have been asked to reply to your recent Parliamentary Question (250506) asking how many public sector websites with unique URLs are in operation in England.

Although we keep a register of all central government websites, it does not cover the wider public sector. As of end September 2008, Department Website Reviews have identified 1012 websites in operation by central government departments, executive agencies and non-departmental public bodies. This is the total number of websites identified minus the number of closed websites. Some will have multiple URLs, for example to handle misspellings or to guard against misrepresentation.

Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform

Bankruptcy: Cleveland

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform how many businesses in Middlesbrough South and East Cleveland constituency were declared bankrupt in each of the last 24 months. (260800)

Self-employed traders may be declared bankrupt (or enter into an individual voluntary arrangement [IVA]), however, registered companies are the subject of liquidation (compulsory liquidation or creditors voluntary liquidation [CVL]).

It is not currently possible, from information held centrally in electronic format, to count the number of insolvent companies in Middlesbrough South and East Cleveland constituency.

However, the following table shows the number of self-employed bankruptcies in each month between October 2006 to December 2007.

Self-employed bankruptcies in Middlesbrough South and East Cleveland constituency

Number

2006

October

1

November

1

December

0

2007

January

1

February

1

March

1

April

3

May

0

June

1

July

1

August

1

September

0

October

3

November

0

December

1

Notes:

1. Classifying bankrupts into administrative geographies is done using the postcode the individual provides.

2. In particular, inaccurate or missing postcodes mean that the numbers in the above table will be subject to an element of missing data. Nationally, this proportion has been decreasing from about 12 per cent. in 2000 to less than 4 per cent. in 2007.

3. Figures are not yet available for 2008.

4. Changes were made to the part of the database used to capture information on trading status and consistent data is only available from October 2006 onwards.

5. Similar information is not available for individual voluntary arrangements entered into by the self-employed.

Business

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform what recent assessment he has made of levels of entrepreneurship culture in the UK fashion industry; what steps he plans to take to increase entrepreneurial activity in other industries; and if he will make a statement. (260326)

I have been asked to reply.

The Creative Economy Programme looked at these issues for all the creative industries, including designer fashion. As a result we are:

supporting the expansion of apprenticeships in the fashion industry through the Creative Economy Programme;

supporting the creation of a Couture Academy to address critical skills shortage areas;

funding the Centre for Fashion Enterprise to explore the feasibility of a hub to allow small designers to access competitively priced and high quality manufacturing.

The Government remain committed to making the UK the best place in the world to start and grow a business.

The UK business environment is recognised as among the best in the world, in particular:

The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) says UK has lowest barriers to entrepreneurship of all OECD countries.

The World Bank ranks the UK second in Europe, and puts the UK in top 10 globally (out of 181 countries) in terms of ease of doing business.

Solutions for Business, the Government’s streamlined portfolio of publicly-funded business support products and services, delivered via Business Link:

http://www.businesslink.gov.uk

provides comprehensive assistance to help companies start, grow and succeed.

Business: Wales

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform how many companies in Wales have (a) applied for and (b) received loans from the European Investment Bank Group in each of the last six months. (261998)

The European Investment Bank (EIB) publishes data and status information on individual loans on its public website (www.eib.org). The status of a loan can fall into one of three stages:

(1) under appraisal;

(2) approved by the Board of Directors of the EIB; and

(3) signed by borrower and the EIB.

Departmental Art Works

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform which works of art from the Government Art Collection each Minister in his Department has selected for display in a private office. (259444)

The following items on loan from the Government Art Collection are displayed in BERR Ministers’ offices:

Secretary of State, the right hon. Lord Mandelson:

Painting: Queen Elizabeth 1 (1563-1603) Reigned—Anon British artist

Painting: The Road—David Tindle

Print: Untitled Red—Lewin Bassingthwaite

Print: The Angels of Boulogne—Chris Orr

Painting: Circus Folk—David Bomberg

Minister for Employment and Postal Affairs, Pat McFadden

Painting: Snow in the Midlands—Evelyn Gibbs

Painting: Still Life with Fish—Mary Fedden

Painting: London Wall and St Giles Cripplegate—William J McLeod.

Departmental Data Protection

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform whether any data losses from his Department have occurred in the last six months; and if he will make a statement. (261146)

In line with the Government's review of data handling procedures in Government and publication of its interim and final reports, the Department will cover information assurance issues, including any data loss incidents, in its Annual Report to Parliament.

Departmental ICT

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform which ICT projects are being funded by his Department; and how much the (a) original estimate and (b) current expected outturn cost of each is. (261135)

The current ICT projects being funded by Business Enterprise and Regulatory Reform are as follows, with their original estimate and their current expected outturn costs:

HR Online—which is a new HR system for professional users and providing individual self-help services; estimated life-time cost £14 million up until 2012; current expected outturn cost £8 million development and £1.1 million per annum support and associated running costs.

SPIRE 3—enhancements to an existing system supporting export control; estimated life-time cost £1 million up until 2012; current expected outturn cost £897,000 development and £155,000 per annum support and associated running costs.

RITE—a system allowing remote and secure access to BERR's IT systems; estimated lifetime cost of £2.3 million up until 2012; current expected outturn cost £800,000 development and £641 per annum support and associated running costs.

Point of Single Contact—an EU directive project, funded by the EU; estimated development and implementation cost £1.6 million but with ongoing support costs still being negotiated with the supplier.

Departmental Official Hospitality

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform how much his Department has spent on (a) alcohol and (b) food since its inception. (261171)

Departmental Public Expenditure

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform how much capital spending is planned to be brought forward by his Department to (a) 2008-09 and (b) 2009-10. (260608)

This Department has no capital expenditure brought forward to 2008-09 or 2009-10 but the Regional Development Agencies (RDA) are bringing forward £97.6 million planned capital expenditure from 2010-11 to 2009-10 as part of the fiscal stimulus programme.

Fire Services: Working Hours

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform what recent discussions the Government have had within the Council of Ministers on the effect on retained firefighters of ending the UK's opt-out from the EU Working Time Directive. (261762)

[holding answer 9 March 2009]: The UK Government recognises that losing the individual's right to opt-out of the 48-hour working week as set by the Working Time Directive, would have a detrimental effect on the hours which firefighters working the retained duty system could be available for duty, especially the substantial numbers who work full time for their primary employer. Many other workers also use this important flexibility and so and we remain firmly of the view that this right should remain. We, along with a majority of other member states are fighting for the retention of the opt-out as this dossier progresses through the European negotiation process.

I am very aware of the widespread concern on this issue amongst retained firefighters, and both from my Department and the Department for Communities and Local Government have worked very closely with the Retained Firefighters' Union and will continue to keep them informed throughout the negotiations.

Members: Correspondence

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform when he plans to reply to the letter from the right hon. Member for North East Hampshire of 10 June 2008 on a constituent, Mr Richard Stevens. (255999)

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform when the Secretary of State plans to reply to the letter from the hon. Member for West Chelmsford of 24 November 2008 on his constituent, Mr Alan Briggs of Walford Place. (256515)

Redundancy

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform what estimate he has made of the (a) number of people made redundant, (b) number of statutory redundancy payments made and (c) average value of statutory redundancy payments in each (i) month of the last five years for which figures are available and (ii) year since 1997. (252919)

The information is provided in the following tables.

(a) The Office for National Statistics’ survey the number of people made redundant in the last three months in their quarterly Labour Force Survey. The following two tables show this information on a quarterly basis over the last five years and over the calendar year since 1997.

Quarterly UK redundancy numbers (ILO definition)

Quarter

Number (Thousand)

2004

Q1

139

Q2

148

Q3

133

Q4

144

Total

564

2005

Q1

134

Q2

131

Q3

160

Q4

146

Total

571

2006

Q1

142

Q2

139

Q3

137

Q4

134

Total

552

2007

Q1

145

Q2

121

Q3

129

Q4

111

Total

506

2008

Q1

111

Q2

127

Q3

156

Q4

259

Total

653

Source:

ONS Labour Market Statistics (BEAO)

Annual UK redundancy numbers (ILO definition)

Number (Thousand)

1997

620

1998

677

1999

712

2000

677

2001

709

2002

741

2003

630

2004

564

2005

571

2006

552

2007

506

2008

653

Source:

ONS Labour Market Statistics (BEAO)

(b) and (c) no information is held on statutory redundancy payments made or the average value of payments.

Regional Development Agencies: Consultants

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform pursuant to the answer of 5 February 2009 to the hon. Member for Brentwood and Ongar, Official Report, column 1464W, on regional development agencies: consultants, if he will place in the Library a copy of the report and analysis produced by Linstock Communications for the National Secretariat of Regional Development Agencies. (259461)

A copy of the report can not be placed in the Library of the House as the RDA National Secretariat is bound by the intellectual property and confidentiality clauses contained in the procurement contract with the consultant.

Regional Development Agencies: Finance

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform what the (a) budget and (b) administrative cost of each regional development agency (RDA) has been in each year since its creation; and what the estimated administrative cost of each RDA is for 2008-09. (252571)

The RDAs' grant in aid and administration budgets from 1999 to 2007 is set out in the following tables. Also, the estimated 2008-09 administration budget of each RDA is given.

RDA Grant in aid budgets

£ million

1999-2000

2000-01

2000-0

2000-03

2000-04

2000-05

2000-06

2000-07

2000-08

AWM

103

113

141

204

240

219

288

282

291

EEDA

30

36

55

88

80

84

130

139

134

EMDA

41

67

86

101

117

119

160

160

170

LDA

235

266

295

317

328

397

416

386

NWDA

141

156

270

274

309

367

384

402

390

ONE

92

98

158

193

223

226

245

273

276

SEEDA

63

73

97

112

136

113

167

172

162

SWRDA

43

62

85

103

99

113

151

171

156

YF

121

125

207

211

244

288

293

313

300

RDA Administration Budgets1

£000

1999-2000

2000-01

2000-0

2000-03

2000-04

2000-05

2000-06

2000-07

2000-08

2000-09

AWM

9,200

11,884

13,023

15,616

18,199

21,050

21,311

20,535

20,992

24,491

EEDA

4,414

5,493

7,038

9,099

9,847

11,061

12,909

15,873

17,092

16,968

EMDA

8,254

8,365

8,821

11,180

12,878

13,516

15,802

16,387

17,553

18,934

LDA .

0

5,690

10,957

16,692

14,555

30,609

32,057

37,660

43,819

43,707

NWDA

10,868

13,224

16,219

43,098

58,063

30,585

25,680

38,841

34,281

38,378

ONE

16,583

15,990

16,658

18,875

22,024

22,239

23,748

24,828

24,727

28,149

SEEDA

6,817

8,533

10,469

14,591

19,274

20,138

22,340

24,339

26,146

24,109

SWRDA

9,084

8,800

9,577

15„794

17,919

17,756

20,697

23,065

24,385

26,414

YF

12,337

14,867

14,901

16,608

19,410

20,097

22,192

23,727

28,733

24,973

1 Administration budgets include salaries

2 Planned administration expenditure

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform how much each regional development agency spent on administration in the most recent year for which figures are available. (257550)

The following table shows RDAs' administration spend for 2007-08.

RDA administration budgets 2007-08

RDA

£000

AWM

20,992

EEDA

17,092

EMDA

17,553

LDA

43,819

NWDA

34,281

ONE

24,727

SEEDA

26,146

SWRDA

24,385

YF

28,733

Union Modernisation Fund

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform pursuant to the answer of 4 February 2009, Official Report, column 1319W, on the union modernisation fund, who the members of the Supervisory Board are; and what declaration of political activity each has made. (257529)

The members of the Supervisory Board are:

Sir Bill Connor (Chair)

Bruce Warman

Professor Willy Brown, CBE

Jeannie Drake, CBE

Danny Carrigan

Adrian Askew

In addition two new board members have joined this month they are:

Professor David Gordon

David Lebrecht

At the time of their appointment, the members of the Union Modernisation Fund Supervisory Board declared the following interests:

Bill Connor declared that he had spoken on behalf of a party or candidate and canvassed on behalf of a party or helped at election (for the Labour party);

Adrian Askew declared that he had held office such as Chair, Treasurer or Secretary of a local branch of a party and canvassed on behalf of a party or helped at election (for the Labour party);

William Brown declared no political activity;

Danny Carrigan declared that he had canvassed on behalf of a party or helped at election and a member of the national executive committee (for the Labour party);

Jeannie Drake declared that she had canvassed on behalf of a party or helped at election and a member of the Labour Party National Policy Forum (for the Labour party);

David Metcalfe declared that he had canvassed on behalf of a party or helped at election and undertaken any political activity which is considered relevant (for the Labour party). David Metcalfe has subsequently resigned;

Bruce Wariman declared no political activity;

Professor David Gordon declared “I am a member of the Cooperative Party which aims to foster the agenda and activities of the cooperative movement in the UK. The Cooperative party is affiliated to the Labour party and also supports the woodcraft folk which is a youth movement/club which my daughter attends;”

David Lebrecht declared no political activity.